Sirius ic10n news 2015 by ELTEH DOO

Industrial Controls SIRIUS Product News ‒ Hannover Messe 2015 SIRIUS

Catalog News IC 10 N

Edition April 2015

Related catalogs Related catalogs Industrial Controls SIRIUS

Miscellaneous IC 10

Products for Automation and Drives Interactive Catalog, DVD

E86060-K1010-A101-A5-7600

E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Electrical Installation Technology SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems E86060-K8280-A101-A2-7600

Industry Mall Information and Ordering Platform in the Internet:

Safety Integrated Safety Technology for Factory Automation

SI 10

E86060-K7010-A101-A2-7600 Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET

www.siemens.com/industrymall Information and Download Center Digital versions of the catalogs are available in the Internet

www.siemens.com/sirius/catalogs IK PI

Response E-mail Please send your comments and suggestions for improvement to catalogs.industry@siemens.com (include the catalog name in the subject field)

E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600 SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation

ST 70

E86060-K4670-A101-B4-7600 SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1 Frame sizes 71 to 315 Power range 0.18 to 200 kW

CA 01

D 81.1

E86060-K5581-A111-A7-7600 SITRAIN Training for Industry

ITC

Only available in German E86060-K6850-A101-C4

Trademarks

Technical Assistance

All product designations may be registered trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark owners.

Expert technical assistance for Industrial controls: Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900 Fax: +49 (911) 895-5907

Further information about industrial controls: www.siemens.com/sirius

E-Mail: technicalassistance@siemens.com

Industrial Controls SIRIUS

Introduction

Industrial Communication

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – for Switching Motors

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – Special Applications

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – Contactor Relays and Relays

Catalog News IC 10 N · 04/2015

Switching Devices – Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching Devices

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this catalog: www.siemens.com/industrymall

Protection Equipment

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet

Motor Starters for Use in the Field, High Degree of Protection

Monitoring and Control Devices

Safety Technology

Position and Safety Switches

Commanding and Signaling Devices

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS

Products for Specific Requirements

Appendix

Please contact your local Siemens branch. © Siemens AG 2015

The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with EN ISO 9001 (for the Certified Registration Nos. see www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.

NEW

 CM 4xIO-Link communication module IO-Link master module for ET 200AL

 SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design

 SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders Size S2

 Article No.: 6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

 Article No.: 3RQ30, 3RQ31

 Article No.: 3RA2130, 3RA2150

 Page 2/10

 Page 5/3

 Page 8/19

 3UF7 motor management system SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU

 SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters Single-range, multi-range, universal converters

 SIRIUS 3SK safety relays SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

 Article No.: 3UF7012-1A.00-0

 Article No.: 3RS70

 Article No.: 3SK2112, 3SK2122

 Page 10/12

 Page 10/20

 Page 11/15

 SIRIUS 3SE66, 3SE67 non-contact safety switches, magnetically operated Supplementary range in new design

 SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

 SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V13 Software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

 Article No.: 3SE66, 3SE67

 Article No.: 3SU1

 Article No.: 3ZS1322

 Page 12/5

 Page 13/4

 Page 14/4

 SIRIUS Safety ES Software for 3SK2 and 3RK3  Article No.: 3ZS1316  Page 14/9

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Industrial Communication

Price group

2/2

2/3 2/4 2/9

2/10

Introduction IO-Link Introduction Communication overview System components IO-Link specification Masters IO-Link master module for ET 200AL - CM 4xIO-Link

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

PG 255

Industrial Communication Introduction

■ Overview

Article No.

Page

IO-Link

IO-Link family IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and actuators – defined by the Profibus User Organization (PNO).

2/3

• Dynamic changing of sensor/actuator parameters directly by the PLC • Devices can be exchanged during operation, without a PC or programming device, through re-parameterization using the user program by means of a function block (FB) or parameter server • Fast commissioning thanks to central data storage • Consistent diagnostic information as far as the sensor/actuator level • Uniform and greatly reduced wiring of different sensors/actuators/controls Your advantage: Fast commissioning and flexible maintenance thanks to central data storage, less wiring work because no passive distributors are needed.

IO-Link: Masters The IO-Link master modules form the heart of the IO-Link system. IO-Link master module for ET 200AL CM 4xIO-Link communication module • IO-Link master as serial communication module with 4 ports (channels) according to IO-Link specification V1.1 • Easy device exchange with automatic data recovery without engineering for IO-Link device • Up to four IO-Link devices can be connected to each IO-Link master module • Supports IO-Link port class B CM 4xIO-Link for ET 200AL

2/2

• Data transmission rates COM1 (4.8 kBd), COM2 (38.4 kBd), COM3 (230.4 kBd), automatic adjustment to the data transmission rate supported by the device Your advantage: Easy connection of sensors and actuators to the I/Os directly in the machine's field area.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

6ES7

2/10

IO-Link Introduction Communication overview

Parameter and diagnostics data are transmitted in addition to the cyclic operating data for the connected sensors/actuators. The simple, unshielded three-wire cable customary for standard sensors is used for this purpose.

IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and actuators – defined by the PROFIBUS User Organization (PNO). IO-Link technology is based on the point-to-point connection of sensors and actuators to the control system. Laptop

Telecontrol and substation control

PC Remote access, e.g. via teleservice

S7-1200 with CP 1242-7 Numeric Control

Controller

Control and monitoring system

Motion Control Systems

PC/PG/IPC

Database Server

Telecontrol and substation control

IWLAN Controller

Security

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Access Point

Controller Controller

Notebook

PC/PG

Access Point Industrial Ethernet Switches

IWLAN RCoax Cable

Controller Field device for intrinsically safe area

Control and monitoring system

PC/PG/IPC

Numeric Control Wireless Devices

Coupler Link PROFIBUS

RF180C

ASM456

Field devices

Mobile Panel

Field devices RFID system

Code reading systems

SIMOCODE pro

Mobile Panel

IO-Link master DP-Slave

Motion Control Systems Link

IO-Link module

Compact starter

Protection and monitoring devices

RFID system

Controller

SINAMICS Drives

RFID system

Access Point

Link

IO-Link module

Power supply LOGO!

Code reading systems

Drives RFID system

Protection and monitoring devices Compact starter

Power supply Client Module

AS-Interface Compact feeder

Slaves

■ Benefits

Compact starter

Field device

Slaves Signalling column

G_IK10_XX_30049

PROFIBUS PA

■ Application

Engineering • Standardized, open system for greater flexibility (non-Siemens IO-Link devices can be integrated in engineering) • Uniform, transparent configuring and programming through integrated engineering (SIMATIC STEP 7) • Unassigned SIMATIC function blocks for easy parameterization, diagnostics and read-out of measured values • Efficient engineering thanks to pre-integration into SIMATIC HMI • Low error rate in CAD circuit diagram design as a result of reduced control current wiring

IO-Link can be used in the following main applications: • Easy connection of complex IO-Link sensors/actuators with a large number of parameters and diagnostic data to the control system • Replacement of sensor boxes for connecting binary sensors with the IO-Link input modules optimized in terms of cabling • Optimized cable connection of switching devices to the control system • Simple transmission of energy values from the device to the control system for integration into a user program or power management

Installation and commissioning • Faster assembly with minimized error rate as a result of reduced control current wiring • Less space required in the control cabinet • Low-cost circuitry where there are several feeders by making full use of existing components

In these cases, all the diagnostics data are transmitted to the higher-level control system through IO-Link. The parameter settings can be changed during operation. Central data storage means that it is possible to exchange an IO-Link sensor/actuator without a PC or programming device.

Operation and maintenance • High transparency in the system right down to field level and integration into power management systems • Reduction in downtimes and maintenance times thanks to system-wide diagnostics and faster fault correction • Support of predictive maintenance • Shorter changeover times, even for field devices, by means of parameter and recipe management

Integration of the device configuration in the STEP 7 environment guarantees: • Quick and easy engineering • Consistent data storage • Quick localization and rectification of faults

Integration in STEP 7

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

2/3

■ Overview

IO-Link Introduction System components

■ Overview

IO-Link product family

To implement communication, a system installation has the following main components:

• One IO-Link master • One or more IO-Link devices, such as sensors (e.g. RFID systems), actuators or combinations thereof • A standard 3-wire sensor/actuator cable

Engineering and visualization IO-Link engineering: SIMATIC S7-PCT

Visualization: SIMATIC HMI WinCC

Switching cabinet installation

Field installation Controller S7-300/ S7-400

Controller S7-1200

PROFINET

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders with 3RA27 function modules

Actuators

Example of a configuration with the system components

2/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

SIRIUS 3RB24 overload relays

SIRIUS 3RS14/ 3RS15 relays

K20 IO-Link module

SIRIUS 3RT2 contactor with SIRIUS 3RR24 relay

RFID system RF200

Standard sensors

IK10_30141c

SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters SIRIUS 3UG48 relay

SIMATIC ET 200eco PN with IO-Link master

ET 200SP (ET 200S) with IO-Link master

IO-Link

IO-Link Introduction Compatibility of IO-Link

Analog signals

IO-Link guarantees compatibility between IO-Link-capable modules and standard modules as follows: • IO-Link sensors can be operated both on IO-Link modules (masters) and standard input modules. • IO-Link sensors/actuators as well as today's standard sensors/actuators can be used on IO-Link masters. • If conventional components are used in the IO-Link system, naturally only the standard functions are available in this case.

Another advantage of IO-Link technology is that analog signals are digitized already in the IO-Link sensor itself and are digitally transmitted by the IO-Link communication. As the result, faults are prevented and there is no extra cost for cable shielding.

Overload relays

Load feeders and motor starters

A starter combination, for example, consists of one or more SIRIUS 3RT contactors and one 3RB24 electronic overload relay for IO-Link plus its 3RB29 current measuring module.

Through IO-Link it is possible to control not only sensors but also actuators in the form of load feeders and motor starters.

IO-Link compatibility also permits connection of standard sensors/actuators, i.e. conventional sensors/actuators can also be connected to IO-Link. This is particularly effective with the IO-Link input modules, which allow several sensors to be connected at one time via a cable to the controller.

ET 200S/ET 200SP with IO-Link master Point-to-point connection through IO-Link

Direct-on-line starters can, therefore, as shown in the diagram, be connected to the control system via IO-Link without much wiring. Remote control of connected contactors, current value transmission and immediate remote fault diagnosis are just some examples of the large number of functions that can be implemented with this device.

Classic wiring

Sensor box

K20

It is also possible to directly address a drive on-site via IO-Link using the optional hand-held device. Sensors Programmable logic controller (PLC) SM 1278 4 x IO-Link master CPU S7-1200

ET 200S/ET 200SP with digital I/O modules

Actuators

Sensors

NSA0_00489c

3RB24 overload relays with IO-Link are basically designed to provide current-dependent protection for loads against inadmissibly high temperature rises due to overload, phase asymmetry or phase failure.

Enhanced through IO-Link input modules

Possibilities for connecting load feeders and motor starters to IO-Link or in the conventional way

Feeder

Grouping of motor starters The SIRIUS controls allow four starters to be combined to form a group.

IO-Link

3RB29 current measuring module

IC01_00295

SIRIUS 3RB24 solid-state overload relay and 3RA69 manual control unit

3RV motor starter protector and 3RT contactor

Motor

Connecting an IO-Link-capable overload relay to a SIMATIC S7-1200 controller

Connection of a motor starter group made up of three 3RA64 direct-on-line starters and one 3RA65 reversing starter

In this way up to 16 starters can be operated on a single IO-Link master. This leads to a reduction in the installation space and control wiring required.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

2/5

System components

漏 Siemens AG 2015

IO-Link Introduction System components

Monitoring relays By using monitoring relays with IO-Link it is now possible to send data that has already been recorded and evaluated in the devices directly to the controller. This avoids the use of duplicated sensors. 3 3UG46 monitoring relay

1 3UG48 monitoring relay

Feeder

IO-Link master

PLC 1

Feeder

Analog signal converter

3UG46 monitoring relay

PLC

IO-Link

2 3UG48 monitoring relay

3UG48 monitoring relay

Current transformers IC01_00003 IC01_00004

Motor Motor 1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data transmission to PLC 2 Autonomous operation without PLC 3 Signaling of limit value violation to PLC

Possibilities for interfacing conventional 3UG46 monitoring relays (in comparison with 3UG48)

2/6

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data transmission to PLC 2 Autonomous operation without PLC

Possibilities for interfacing 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link

漏 Siemens AG 2015

IO-Link Introduction System components Using an upstream IWLAN client module, such as SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45, allows IO-Link to be be integrated into the PROFINET world via a distributed I/O. Possible uses include acting as an alternative to fault-prone cable carrier or collector wire technology.

The individual diagnostics options offered by the various IO-Link devices provide greater transparency for the production process. Just like the parameter data for a device, these diagnostics data can be evaluated remotely using the possibilities offered by SIMATIC. This supports remote maintenance down to the lowest level in the field.

Pump station

Maintenance station

SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45 ET 200SP (ET 200S) with IO-Link master

Industrial Ethernet 3RA6 Compact starter

Control room SIMATIC HMI KTP 1500 Basic SIMATIC S7-300

IO-Link

Industrial Ethernet IC01_00198b

SCALANCE W786-1 RJ45 Access Point

Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and IO-Link components

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

2/7

Wireless communication

IO-Link Introduction System components IO-Link components

IO-Link masters, software, cables

IO-Link devices (continued)

Masters

Detection with IO-Link

IO-Link master module for S7-1200

IO-Link RFID systems

• SM 1278 4xIO-Link signal module

SIMATIC RF200 RFID system in the HF range

IO-Link master module for ET 200SP

• SIMATIC RF210R, SIMATIC RF220R, SIMATIC RF260R products • Simple identification tasks such as reading an ID number (UID) • Reading of user data • Writing of user data • No RFID-specific programming, ideal for those new to RFID • Simple connection via master modules for IO-Link, such as SIMATIC ET 200S and ET 200eco PN • Use with the tried and tested ISO 15693 transponders (MOBY D)

• CM 4xIO-Link communication module IO-Link master modules for ET 200S • 4SI IO-Link electronic module • SIRIUS 4SI electronic module IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN • ET 200eco PN IO-Link master

CM 4xIO-Link for ET 200AL

SIMATIC RF210R, SIMATIC RF220R, SIMATIC RF260R (top)

See Catalog IC 10, chapter 2 "Industrial Communication" IO-Link master module for ET 200AL

See Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification Systems"

• CM 4xIO-Link communication module see page 2/10

Contactors and contactor assemblies

STEP 7 PCT (Port Configuration Tool)

Power contactors for switching motors

Engineering software for configuring the IO-Link master modules for S7-1200, ET 200SP, ET 200S, ET 200eco PN and ET 200AL

• SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole

• Available as a stand-alone version or integrated into STEP 7 (V5.5 SP1 or later) and TIA (V12 or later) • Engineering of the IO-Link devices connected to the master • Monitoring of the process image of the IO-Link devices • Open interface for importing further IODDs • Freely available to download from Industry Online Support, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/32469496

STEP 7 PCT

ID CAP RD_WR PORT IOL_INDEX IOL_SUBINDEX

DONE BUSY

BOOL BOOL

ERROR STATUS IOL_STATUS

BOOL DWORD DWORD

RD_LEN

LEN RECORD_IOL_DATA

INT IC01_00197

INT ANY

REQ

IO-Link Call function block

• For direct-on-line starters, reversing starters and wye-delta starters See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices − Contactors and Contactor Assemblies − for Switching Motors"

• 3RA64 direct-on-line starters • 3RA65 reversing starters • Infeed system for 3RA6 See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and Motor SIRIUS 3RA64 Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet" direct-on-line starter Contactors with IO-Link Overload relays

STEP 7 function block for easy acyclical data exchange in the user program

SIRIUS 3RB24 electronic overload relays for IO-Link

• Freely available for download from Industry Online Support see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/82981502 SIRIUS 3RB24 overload relay

• Evaluation modules • Current measuring modules from 0.3 to 630 A • Controlling direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters via IO-Link in conjunction with contactors • Full motor protection • Diagnostics and current value transmission via IO-Link See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment" Monitoring with IO-Link SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays for IO-Link • Monitoring of current, phase failure, open circuit and phase sequence • Designed for mounting on 3RT2 contactors

• Freely available for download from Industry Online Support see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/90529409

Cable

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relay

3-wire standard cable

SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link

See for example Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification Systems"

• Monitoring network, voltage, current, power factor, residual current or speed, depending on device design • On/tripping delay time can be adjusted

Detection with IO-Link

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices"

IO-Link devices IO-Link input modules K20 input module

SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relay

• 4 inputs, M12 connections • 8 inputs, standard M8 connections

SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"

• Temperature monitoring with connected sensors • Two limit values, can be adjusted separately See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" SIRIUS 3RS14 temperature monitoring relay

2/8

SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link

SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters

This library contains the function blocks and UDTs (User Defined Datatypes) for all IO-Link devices from the Siemens portfolio. These elements are designed to standardize and facilitate communication with IO-Link devices.

K20 input module

• SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies • SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting

Motor starters for use in the control cabinet

"Siemens IO-Link Devices" block library

SIRIUS 3RA2711 function modules for IO-Link

IO Device Description (IODD) files provide the device description for IO-Link devices

IO-Link Call function block

IOL_CALL BOOL

Contactor assemblies

IODD files

• Comprehensive IODD catalog of SIEMENS IO-Link devices • Freely available to download from Industry Online Support; see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/#products?search=IODD&o=DefaultRankingDesc&lc=de-WW DWORD INT BOOL INT INT INT

Switching with IO-Link

Software

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-Link Introduction IO-Link specification

Principles of the IO-Link specification

Device data

According to the IO-Link specification, communication functions as follows: • Transmission takes place via an unshielded three-wire cable no more than 20 m long, of the kind normally used for standard sensors • Digital communication from 0 to 24 V on the so-called C/Q cable • Most of the values transmitted are measured values from the sensors • The sensors and actuators are described by the IO Device Description (IODD) • One IO-Link device can be connected to each IO-Link port of the master (point-to-point connection) • The transmission rates between IO-Link master and the devices are as follows: - via COM1: 4 800 Bd - via COM2: 38 400 Bd - via COM3: 230 400 Bd • The average cycle time is 2 ms for the reading/writing of 16 data bits at a transmission rate of 38 400 Bd

Device data can be parameters, identification data and diagnostics information. They are exchanged acyclically and in response to an inquiry from the IO-Link master. Device data can be written into the device (Write) and also read from the device (Read).

IO-Link protocol The IO-Link protocol supports both the Standard IO mode (SIO) and the IO-Link communication mode (COM).

IO-Link device

1 2

C/Q

Data storage As of Specification V1.1, a data storage concept has been created for IO-Link. In this concept, the IO-Link device initiates the storage of its data on a higher-level parameter server. In the event that a device is replaced, the parameter server can restore the original parameterization. It is therefore possible to replace the devices without re-parameterization.

The IO-Link master is the interface to higher-level control systems. The IO-Link master presents itself as a normal fieldbus node, and is integrated into the appropriate network configurator via the relevant device description (e.g. GSD file).

COM Serial, bidirectional communication

IO Device Description (IODD)

SIO / IO-Link IC01_00176

L–

Device parameters and events are sent independently of the cyclic transmission of process data. Transmissions do not affect or impair each other.

IO-Link master

L+

SIO Standard IO switching operation

When an event occurs, the device sends a signal to the master to report that an event is active. The master then reads out the event. Events can be error messages (e.g. a short circuit) and warnings/maintenance data (e.g. contamination, overheating). Error messages are sent from the device to the PLC or HMI via the IO-Link master. The IO-Link master is itself able to send events and statuses. These include e.g. open circuits and breaks in communication.

The IO-Link master contains the parameter server. The parameter server can also be implemented centrally in the PLC or in a system server. In this case the data must be downloaded to the control system by means of the function blocks provided.

Interface hardware: Compatible with sensors according to IEC 60947-5-2 and actuators Communication and switching possible alternately IO-Link master

Events

The IO Device Description (IODD) has been defined to provide a full, transparent description of system characteristics as far as the IO-Link device.

In the IO-Link specification a distinction is made between the following data types:

The IODD contains information on communication characteristics, device parameters, identification, process and diagnostics data, and is supplied by the manufacturer. The design of the IODD is the same for all devices from all manufacturers, and is always presented in the same way by the IODD Interpreter Tools. This therefore ensures that the handling is the same for all IO-Link devices, whatever the manufacturer.

Process data

New in IO-Link specification V1.1

The process data of the devices are transferred cyclically in a data frame, with the process data width defined by the device. Process data of 0 to 32 bytes are possible per device (input and output in each case). The consistency width of the transmission is not fixed and therefore depends on the master.

The IO-Link specification is currently available in Version 1.1, and standardized in accordance with IEC 61131-9.

The structure of the protocol and its message frames depends on the types of data to be transmitted.

Data types

Value status Each port has a value status (port qualifier). The value status indicates whether the process data are valid or invalid. The value status can be transferred cyclically with the process data.

Specification V1.1 offers the following new features compared with the previous specification V1.0: • Transmission of up to 32 bytes of process data in a single cycle • Parameter server function

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

2/9

■ Overview

IO-Link Masters IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL CM 4xIO-Link

■ Overview

• • • •

CM 4xIO-Link communication module, 30 mm wide Four IO-Link ports according to specification V1.1 Port type class B The IO-Link parameters are configured by means of the Port Configuration Tool (PCT) with version V3.2 and higher.

CM 4xIO-Link communication module

■ Application The CM 4xIO-Link communication module supports data exchange between up to four IO-Link devices. IO-Link devices (e.g. sensors) with class A port are interconnected by means of a 3-wire cable. IO-Link devices that require an additional supply voltage and have a class B port (e.g. actuators) are interconnected by means of a 5-wire cable.

Since IO-Link is compatible with standard sensors, commercially available sensors compliant with IEC 61131 Type 1 can also be operated on the IO-Link master. The 30 mm wide I/O modules are ideally suited for use in extremely confined spaces. They have adjustable parameters and diagnostic functions and can therefore be flexibly adapted to individual process requirements.

■ Configuration The I/O modules have a screw mounting hole at the front and side, and can be mounted in any position. As a result, they are extremely flexible to install on either a level surface or on aluminum mounting rails using sliding blocks. The CM 4xIO-Link communication module is equipped with: • A backplane bus connection (Ethernet connection) with M8 connection system for connection to an interface module or other I/O modules • A power supply connection with M8 connection system with loop-through • LED display for port status • LED display for channel status in SIO mode • LED display for module status (DIAG)

• • • •

LED display for load voltage 2L+ (PWR) Labeling plates for channel, module and slot identification Integrated cable tie holder Meaningful module inscription on front panel: - Plain text marking of module type - Interface marking - LED label • Meaningful module inscription on side panel: - Article number, function level and FW version - 2D matrix code (Article No. and serial number) - Pin assignments of all interfaces Labeling plates for channel, module and slot identification are supplied with the modules. These labeling plates can be inscribed using commercially available inscription machines.

■ Function • IO-Link master according to IO-Link specification V1.1 • Four ports, class B type • Supported data transmission rates - COM1 (4.8 kBd) - COM2 (38.4 kBd) - COM3 (230.4 kBd) • Expansion limits - Cable length: Max. 20 m - Max. 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of output data per port - Max. 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of output data per module • Automatic backup of device parameters when the IO-Link device is exchanged (applies only to devices that support IO-Link specification V1.1)

2/10

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

• Reparameterization during ongoing operation • Standardized display and diagnostics concept: - Port status display (port activated or deactivated, green LED) - Channel status display for signal state in SIO mode (green LED) - Module status display (DIAG, red/green LED) - Display for monitoring the load voltage 2L+ (PWR, green LED) • Supported functions: - Detailed module diagnostics and diagnostic interrupt - Identification and maintenance data IM0 ... IM3 - Firmware update - PROFIenergy

IO-Link Masters IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL CM 4xIO-Link

■ Selection and ordering data DT Article No.

CM 4xIO-Link communication module

Price per PU

6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

1 unit

255

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Version

• IO-Link master for SIMATIC ET 200AL • Corresponds to IO-Link specification V1.1 • Dimensions (W × H × D / mm): 30 x 159 x 34

6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

■ Accessories Version

DT Article No.

Price per PU

Bus cable for backplane bus (Ethernet connection) 4-pole, shielded

6ES7194-2L...-0AA0

• Pre-assembled at both ends, two M8 plugs - Length 0.3 m - Length 1 m - Length 2 m - Length 5 m - Length 10 m

A A A A A

6ES7194-2LH03-0AA0 6ES7194-2LH10-0AA0 6ES7194-2LH20-0AA0 6ES7194-2LH50-0AA0 6ES7194-2LN10-0AA0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

255 255 255 255 255

6ES7194-2L...-0AB0

• Pre-assembled at both ends, two angled M8 plugs - Length 0.3 m - Length 1 m - Length 2 m - Length 5 m - Length 10 m

A A A A A

6ES7194-2LH03-0AB0 6ES7194-2LH10-0AB0 6ES7194-2LH20-0AB0 6ES7194-2LH50-0AB0 6ES7194-2LN10-0AB0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

255 255 255 255 255

• Pre-assembled at one end, one M8 plug - Length 2 m - Length 5 m - Length 10 m

A A A

6ES7194-2LH20-0AC0 6ES7194-2LH50-0AC0 6ES7194-2LN10-0AC0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

255 255 255

• Pre-assembled at both ends, M8 plug and M8 socket - Length 0.3 m - Length 1 m - Length 2 m - Length 5 m - Length 10 m

A A A A A

6ES7194-2LH03-1AA0 6ES7194-2LH10-1AA0 6ES7194-2LH20-1AA0 6ES7194-2LH50-1AA0 6ES7194-2LN10-1AA0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

255 255 255 255 255

• Pre-assembled at both ends, angled M8 plug and angled M8 socket - Length 0.3 m - Length 1 m - Length 2 m - Length 5 m - Length 10 m

A A A A A

6ES7194-2LH03-1AB0 6ES7194-2LH10-1AB0 6ES7194-2LH20-1AB0 6ES7194-2LH50-1AB0 6ES7194-2LN10-1AB0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

255 255 255 255 255

• Pre-assembled at one end, one M8 socket - Length 2 m - Length 5 m - Length 10 m

A A A

6ES7194-2LH20-1AC0 6ES7194-2LH50-1AC0 6ES7194-2LN10-1AC0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

255 255 255

M8 plug for Ethernet connection

6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0

1 unit

255

6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0

1 unit

255

6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0

1 unit

255

6ES7194-2L..0-0AC0 M8 power cable 4-pole

6ES7194-2L...-1AA0

6ES7194-2L...-1AB0

6ES7194-2L..0-1AC0

4-pole, shielded

6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0

M8 power plug Male contact insert, 4-pole

6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0

Ethernet connection FastConnect stripping tool Stripping tool for stripping the Ethernet connection bus cable 6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

2/11

IO-Link Masters IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL CM 4xIO-Link

Version

DT Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

1 unit

255

Labeling plates • 10 x 5 mm, RAL 9016, 5 frames with 40 labels each

6ES7194-2BA00-0AA0

■ More information Brochures

Industry Mall

More information see http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial.

More information see Industry Mall at "Automation Technology" ➞ "Industrial Communication" ➞ "IO-Link" ➞ "Masters" ➞ "IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL".

2/12

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – Contactor Relays and Relays

Price group PG 41B, 41H

5/3 5/7 5/8 5/9 5/10

Introduction Coupling relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design General data Relay couplers Relay couplers with plug-in design Optocouplers with semiconductor output Accessories

Note: Conversion tool, e.g. from 3TX7 to 3RQ3, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

5/2

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies Contactor Relays and Relays Introduction

■ Overview The advantages at a glance

Type

3RQ3

Article No.

Page

- Output coupling links

3RQ301

5/7

- Input coupling links

3RQ303

5/7

3RQ311

5/8

- Output coupling links

3RQ305, 3RQ306

5/9

- Input coupling links

3RQ307

5/9

Coupling relays in slim design

Relay couplers, (not plug-in)

• Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO, versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available

Relay couplers with plug-in design

• Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO, versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available

Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in)

• Width 6.2 mm, output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor

- Output coupling links

Connection methods The coupling links are available with screw or spring-type terminals. Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in) The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

Push-in connection system with TOP wiring Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors equipped with end sleeves. As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with 3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor. The same tool can also be used to wire fine-stranded or stranded conductors with no end finishing. The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the checking and tightening required with screw terminals. With the TOP wiring method, the wire inlet and terminals can be reached from the front. This helps to speed up the wiring process and eliminate wiring errors.

5/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design General data

■ Overview Relay couplers AC and DC operation IEC 60947-5-1, DIN EN 60947-5-1 The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the positioning of the terminals and the LEDs. Relay couplers with plug-in design AC and DC operation IEC 60947-1 The relay couplers are plug-in so that the relay can be replaced quickly at the end of its service life without detaching the wiring. Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs

AC and DC operation IEC 60947-1, EN 60664-1 and EN 50005; optocouplers: EN 60747-5; programmable controllers: IEC 61131-2

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays

The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the positioning of the terminals and the LED.

SIRUS 3RQ3 coupling relays in slim design are used to connect control signals from and to a PLC, and they are available in different versions: • Relay couplers (not plug-in) • Relay couplers with plug-in design • Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs (not plug-in)

The optocouplers with semiconductor outputs have extremely high contact reliability, and are therefore particularly well suited for solid-state systems. For test purposes, versions are available with manual-0-automatic switches. Note: For the conversion tool, e.g. from 3TX7 to 3RQ3, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.

Article No. scheme Digit of the Article No. Coupling links in the new 6.2-mm enclosure

1st - 4th @@@@

5th 6th 7th @ @ @

–

8th 9th 10th 11th 12th @ @ @ @ @

3RQ3 @

Function

Design and output type

Switching current at the output

Connection methods

Contacts

Rated control supply voltage

Max. switchable voltage at the output

Contact variant Example

3RQ3

–

Note: The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.

For your order please use the Article No. indicated in the catalog under the selection and ordering data.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

5/3

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design General data

Relay couplers • Permanently soldered relays for increased contact reliability • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts providing high contact reliability at low currents

General • All versions with screw or spring-type terminals (push-in technology) • Top wiring with spring-type terminals (push-in) for fast and secure wiring. • Low space requirements in the control cabinet thanks to a consistent width of 6.2 mm • Reduced inventory due to low variance • Clearly visible functional state of the relay coupler by green LED • Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC arc-suppression diode • Uniform accessories throughout the entire 3RQ3 series • Integrated jumper option using connecting comb for all terminals • Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for neighboring units • Clip-on labels available as plotter matte paper for individual printing

Relay couplers with plug-in design • Fast replacement of the relays with existing wiring • Tested complete units → lower assembly time • Individual relays available as spare parts • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts providing high contact reliability at low currents Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs • Long service life as there is no mechanical wear • High switching frequency thanks to short make and break times • Insensitive to vibrations • No contact bounce • Maximum contact reliability • Noise-free switching • Low control power required • Switching of DC and capacitive loads

■ Application • Galvanic isolation between input and output circuit • Adjustment to different signal levels • Signal amplification

Pushbutton Position switch

Motor control application example

5/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Electronic control 24 V DC Coupling link

Output

I/O devices 110 V AC 230 V AC

Input

■ Benefits

NSB0_00186a

24 V DC

110 V AC Actuators 230 V AC Coupling link

Motor contactor

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design General data

■ Technical specifications Type

3RQ3018-.AB00, 3RQ3018-.AB01, 3RQ3018-.AE00, 3RQ3018-.AF00, 3RQ3018-2A.08-0AA0, 3RQ3038-.AB00, 3RQ3038-.AB01, 3RQ3038-.AE00, 3RQ3038-.AE01, 3RQ3038-.AF00, 3RQ3038-.AF01, 3RQ3052-.SM50, 3RQ3053-.SG30

3RQ3050-.SM50, 3RQ3052-.SM30, 3RQ3052-.SM40, 3RQ3055-.SM30, 3RQ3070-.SB30

3RQ3065-.SM30

3RQ3070-.SG30

3RQ3118-.AB00, 3RQ3118-.AB01, 3RQ3118-.AE00, 3RQ3118-.AE01, 3RQ3118-.AF00, 3RQ3118-.AF01, 3RQ3118-.AM00, 3RQ3118-.AM01

6.2 x 75 x 93

6.2 x 72.5 x 93

6.2 x 76 x 93

General data mm

6.2 x 72.5 x 93

Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3 rated value

300

Max. permissible voltage for protective separation between control circuit and auxiliary circuit

300

°C °C

-25 ... +60 -40 ... +85

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Permissible ambient temperature • During operation • During storage IP degree of protection

IP20

Version of the fuse link required for shortcircuit protection of the auxiliary switch

Fuse gG: 4 A

Conductor cross-sections Screw terminals • Solid

mm²

1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeve

mm²

1x (0.25 ... 1.5)

• AWG cables

AWG 1x (20 ... 14) Spring-type terminals

• Solid

mm²

1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded without end sleeve

mm²

1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeve

mm²

1x (0.25 ... 1.5)

• AWG cables

AWG 1x (20 ... 14)

Relay couplers Type

3RQ3018-.AB00, 3RQ3018-.AB01, 3RQ3038-.AB00, 3RQ3038-.AB01

3RQ3018-.AE00, 3RQ3038-.AE00, 3RQ3038-.AE01

0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25

0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1

0.3

0.7

3RQ3018-.AF00, 3RQ3038-.AF00, 3RQ3038-.AF01

3RQ3018-2AM080AA0

3RQ3018-2AN080AA0

Operating range factor of the control supply voltage, rated value • At AC / at 50 Hz • At DC Active power input

-0.7 ... 1.25 1

0.3

0.6

Relay couplers with plug-in design Type

3RQ3118-.AB0.

3RQ3118-.AE0.

0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25

0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1

0.3

0.7

3RQ3118-.AF0.

3RQ3118-.AM0.

Operating range factor of the control supply voltage, rated value • At AC / at 50 Hz • At DC Active power input

-0.8 ... 1.25 1

0.3

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

5/5

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design General data Optocouplers with semiconductor output Type

3RQ3050-.SM50, 3RQ3052-.SM30, 3RQ3052-.SM40, 3RQ3055-.SM30, 3RQ3065-.SM30

3RQ3052-.SM50

3RQ3053-.SG30

3RQ3070-.SB30

3RQ3070-.SG30

0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1

-0.8 ... 1.25

0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1

0.3

0.7

Operating range factor of the control supply voltage, rated value • At AC / at 50 Hz • At DC

-0.8 ... 1.25 W

Active power input

0.3

0.25

Schematics Relay couplers (not plug-in)

IC01_00441

A2 A2

12 14

3RQ30.8

Relay couplers with plug-in design A1+

A2 -

IC01_00440

3RQ3118

Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs (not plug-in) A1 A1

IC01_00443

A2 +

IC01_00446

14 13 13 A2 A2

13+

3RQ305.-.S.30

3RQ3052-.SM50

A1 A3

A1 A0 H

IC01_00442

IC01_00445

+ +

A2 A2

13+ 13+ A2 A2

3RQ305.-.SM.0, 3RQ3070-.S.30

5/6

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

3RQ3065-.SM30

13+

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design Relay couplers

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 5 units PG = 41H

3RQ30.8-1 Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts

Contacts hard gold-plated

3RQ30.8-2

DT Screw terminals Article No.

DT Spring-type terminals (push-in) Price per PU

Article No.

Price per PU

Relay couplers (not plug-in) Output coupling links }

3RQ3018-1AB00

}

3RQ3018-2AB00

✓

}

3RQ3018-1AB01

}

3RQ3018-2AB01

3RQ3018-1AE00

3RQ3018-2AE00

}

3RQ3018-1AF00

}

3RQ3018-2AF00

24 AC/DC

115 AC/DC

230 AC/DC

24 DC

}

3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0

110 DC

3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0

Input coupling links 24 AC/DC

115 AC/DC

230 AC/DC

}

3RQ3038-1AB00

}

3RQ3038-2AB00

✓

}

3RQ3038-1AB01

3RQ3038-2AB01

}

3RQ3038-1AE00

3RQ3038-2AE00

✓

}

3RQ3038-1AE01

}

3RQ3038-2AE01

}

3RQ3038-1AF00

3RQ3038-2AF00

✓

}

3RQ3038-1AF01

3RQ3038-2AF01

✓ Available -- Not available

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

5/7

Control supply voltage rated value

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design Relay couplers with plug-in design

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 5 units PG = 41H

3RQ3118-1

Control supply voltage rated value

Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts

Contacts hard gold-plated

3RQ3118-2

DT Screw terminals Article No.

DT Spring-type terminals (push-in) Price per PU

Article No.

Price per PU

Relay couplers with plug-in design Output coupling links 24 AC/DC

115 AC/DC

230 AC/DC

24 DC

3RQ3118-1AB00

3RQ3118-2AB00

✓

3RQ3118-1AB01

3RQ3118-2AB01

3RQ3118-1AE00

3RQ3118-2AE00

✓

3RQ3118-1AE01

3RQ3118-2AE01

3RQ3118-1AF00

3RQ3118-2AF00

✓

3RQ3118-1AF01

3RQ3118-2AF01

3RQ3118-1AM00

3RQ3118-2AM00

✓

3RQ3118-1AM01

3RQ3118-2AM01

✓ Available -- Not available

5/8

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design Optocouplers with semiconductor output

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 5 units PG = 41H

3RQ3050-1SM50

Current carrying capacity of the semiconductor output Resistive load A

At DC-13

At AC-15

At 24 V

At 60 V

At 240 V At 50/60 Hz

3RQ3050-2SM50

Manual-0- DT Screw terminals automatic switch Article No.

DT Spring-type terminals (push-in) Price per PU

Article No.

Price per PU

Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in) Output coupling links 24 DC

0.5

}

3RQ3050-1SM50

}

3RQ3050-2SM50

}

3RQ3052-1SM30

}

3RQ3052-2SM30

110 ... 230 AC/DC 3

}

3RQ3052-1SM40

}

3RQ3052-2SM40

}

3RQ3052-1SM50

}

3RQ3052-2SM50

}

3RQ3055-1SM30

}

3RQ3055-2SM30

✓

3RQ3065-1SM30

3RQ3065-2SM30

3RQ3053-1SG30

3RQ3053-2SG30

}

3RQ3070-1SB30

}

3RQ3070-2SB30

0.5

}

3RQ3070-1SG30

}

3RQ3070-2SG30

Input coupling links 24 DC

0.5

110 ... 230 AC/DC 0.5 ✓ Available -- Not available

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

5/9

Control supply voltage rated value

Coupling Relays SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design Accessories

■ Selection and ordering data Version

DT Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Galvanic isolation plates A

3RQ3900-0A

10 units

41H

• 2-pole

3RQ3901-0A

10 units

41H

• 4-pole

3RQ3901-0B

10 units

41H

• 8-pole

3RQ3901-0C

10 units

41H

• 16-pole

3RQ3901-0D

10 units

41H

• 5 x 5 mm

3RQ3902-0A

100

2 000 units

41H

• 6 x 12 mm

3RQ3902-0B

100

1 200 units

41H

1 unit

41B

Galvanic isolation plates For electrical separation of different potentials when devices of different types are installed side by side

3RQ3900-0A

Connecting combs

Connecting combs For linking the same potentials, current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A

3RQ3901-0B

Clip-on labels Clip-on labels For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white

Tools for opening spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals

3RA2908-1A

5/10

Screwdrivers for all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

3RA2908-1A

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet

Price groups PG 14O, 41B, 41D, 41E 8/2

Introduction

8/34

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders General data 3RA21 direct-on-line starters For snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing For 60 mm busbars 3RA22 reversing starters For snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing For 60 mm busbars

8/39

Accessories

8/3 8/19 8/25

8/29

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet Introduction

■ Overview

3RA2110

3RA2210

3RA2130 3RA2150 Article No.

Page

3RA21 direct-on-line starters • Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC and 24 V DC for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

3RA21

8/19

• Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC and 24 V DC

3RA21

8/25

3RA22 reversing starters • Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC and 24 V DC for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

3RA22

8/29

• Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC and 24 V DC

3RA22

8/34

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders

• The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV2 motor starter protector and the 3RT2 contactor. The motor starter protector and contactor are prewired and mechanically and electrically connected in pre-assembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters) • 3 sizes (S00, S0, S2) • Can be supplied for direct-on-line start or reversing duty as - complete unit or - single devices for self-assembly • Can be supplied with screw or spring-type terminals

3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars

3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars Accessories for 3RA2 direct-on-line and reversing starters

8/39

Central and compact starter solutions Our range offers you many different possibilities for simple and practical starter solutions in the control cabinet. Features common to all our load feeders, compact starters and motor starters: Like all SIRIUS devices they are optimally coordinated with each other, have a very compact design and are particularly easy and quick to install and wire up.

8/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

In addition there is a seamless range of SIRIUS 3RW soft starters available for soft starting in the control cabinet (see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 6 "Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching Devices" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RW Soft Starters").

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data

■ Overview Behavior in the event of short circuit

3RA2 load feeders

EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) and IEC 60947-4-1 make a distinction between two different types of coordination (types "1" and "2"). Any short circuits that occur are cleared safely by both types of coordination. The only differences concern the extent of the damage caused to the device by a short circuit. ToC

ToC

The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV2 motor starter protector and the 3RT2 electromechanical contactor. The devices are electrically and mechanically connected using preassembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters). Around 500 preassembled 3RA2 combinations of these innovative 3RT2 controls and 3RV2 protection equipment can be ordered for direct-on-line and reversing starting of standard three-phase motors up to 65 A (approx. 30 kW). In the 3RA2 load feeder, the 3RV2 motor starter protector is responsible for overload and short-circuit protection. Back-up protective devices, such as melting fuses or limiters, are superfluous here, as the motor starter protector is short-circuit proof up to 150 kA at 400 V. The 3RT2 contactor is particularly suitable for extremely complex switching tasks requiring the greatest endurance. The 3RA2 load feeders are available with setting ranges from 0.14 to 65 A in sizes S00, S0 and S2: Size

Type of coordination "2" There must be no damage to the overload release or to any other component after a short circuit has been cleared. The load feeder can resume operation without needing to be renewed. At most, welding of the contactor contacts is permissible if they can be disconnected easily without any significant deformation. The types of coordination are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

Tripping times All 3RA2 load feeders described here are designed for normal starting, in other words for overload tripping times of less than 10 s (CLASS 10). At rated-load operating temperature the tripping times are shorter, depending on the particular equipment and the setting range. The exact values can be derived from the tripping characteristics of the motor starter protectors. Connection methods For all 3RA2 feeders up to 32 A, spring-type connection is available as well as screw terminals. To connect two devices with spring-type terminals, there are plug-in connection modules for sizes S00 and S0 which enable very quick mounting of the feeders and a vibration-resistant assembly. To connect a motor starter protector with screw terminals to a contactor with spring-type terminals there are special hybrid connection modules for the sizes S00 and S0.

Width Direct-on-line starters/ reversing starters

Max. rated current For threeIn max phase motors up to

Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (S00 and S0 only)

S00

45/90

7.5

45/90

55/120

The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

The size of the 3RA2 load feeders is based on the size of the contactor: Size 3RA2

Size of 3RV2 motor starter protector S00

S001), S0

Size of 3RT2 contactor

S00

The combination of an S00 motor starter protector with an S0 contactor is possible only for screw connection versions.

Operating conditions 3RA2 load feeders are climate-proof. They are intended for use in enclosed rooms in which no severe operating conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous gases) prevail. Suitable covers must be provided for installation in dusty and damp locations.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/3

3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing with screw terminals

Type of coordination "1" The load feeder may be non-operational after a short circuit has been cleared. Damage to the contactor or to the overload release is permissible.

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data 3RA2 complete units The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can be ordered as preassembled complete units for direct-on-line starting (3RA21) or for reversing duty (3RA22) with screw or spring-type connection. Load feeders in size S2 or larger are available only as complete units for direct-on-line starting (3RA21) with screw connection. Control supply voltages of 230 V AC 50 Hz and 24 V DC are available. A distinction is also drawn between whether the feeder is mounted onto a 35 mm standard mounting rail, on a flat surface using screws, or on a 60 mm busbar system. 3RA21 load feeders in the size S0 must be configured on standard mounting rail adapters if high vibration and shock loads (railways, power generation,...) are involved. A vibration and shock kit is available for mounting on busbar adapters. Accessories

As the 3RA2 fuseless load feeders are constructed from 3RV2 motor starter protectors and 3RT2 contactors, the same accessories – such as auxiliary switches, undervoltage releases or door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms – can be used for the 3RA2 fuseless load feeders as for these motor starter protectors and contactors. In particular, certain accessories have been optimized for the fuseless load feeders. They include the top-connected, transverse auxiliary switch on the motor starter protector, which is available with 1 CO contact or 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact. Special auxiliary switch blocks that can be snapped on from below are available for the contactor. These two accessories enable the fuseless load feeders to be wired simply without having to route cables through the device. Incoming power supply On the whole four different energy supply possibilities are available (see "3RV29 Infeed System for Load Feeders"). Customer assembly of fuseless load feeders While the preassembled 3RA2 load feeders can be ordered up to 65 A, combinations up to 80 A (approx. 37 kW/400 V) are possible for customer assembly without link modules. The standard devices can be combined optimally – in terms of both technical specifications and dimensions, thanks to the modular system of the SIRIUS series. The fuseless load feeders can thus be assembled easily by the customer. It is simply necessary to assemble the standard 3RV2 motor starter protector, the 3RT2 contactor and the appropriate assembly kit. For single devices and assembly kits see the "Selection and ordering data" for 3RA21 direct-on-line starters and 3RA22 reversing starters. For assembly kits for direct-on-line starting or reversing duty for mounting onto standard mounting rails or busbars see "Selection and ordering data" at "Accessories". For reversing starters in sizes S0 and S2 it is imperative to use a standard mounting rail adapter in order to ensure the necessary mechanical strength. A standard mounting rail adapter is not necessary if a busbar adapter is used.

8/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders can be used for fuseless load feeders between 65 A and 100 A. The SENTRON 3VA circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT contactors are available for rated currents >100 A. Special equipment for customer assembly can be ordered if other rated control supply voltages are required. Assembly kits can be used to facilitate assembly. Customers can also assemble tested combinations of motor starter protectors with solid-state controls (soft starters, solidstate contactors) and load feeders with additional monitoring and control devices (3RR monitoring relays, SIMOCODE 3UF). For the electrical and mechanical connection of protection equipment and controls there are preassembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters). The following types of configuration are possible: • Direct-in-line/reversing starting • Star-delta (wye-delta) starting • Solid-state/soft starting For more information and assignment tables for combinations of the 3RA2 generation of products for self-assembly see the configuration manual: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/39714188 and "Manual SIRIUS Innovations - SIRIUS 3RA21 / 3RA22 Load Feeders" https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/103238402 Customer assembly of fused load feeders The flexible, modular system of SIRIUS also enables the configuration of fused load feeders up to 80 A (approx. 37 kW/400 V). Up to 32 A is also available for 45 mm installation widths. Compact 3NW7...-1 cylindrical fuse holders for IEC fuses size 10 x 38 mm, or 3NW7...-1HG holders for Class CC UL fuses, can be used for this purpose. For more information about fuse systems, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology" ➞ "SENTRON Safety, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices".

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Load feeders can also be assembled with IO-Link for connection to the higher-level control system. For each feeder this requires a contactor with voltage tap-off onto which a 3RA2711 function module is plugged (various versions for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters). The design of the SIRIUS load feeders permits a group of up to 4 SIRIUS controls to be conveniently connected through the standardized open IO-Link system to a control system, thus reducing wiring work considerably compared to the conventional parallel wiring method. The electrical connection is made using only three standard cables. The function modules perform not only the communication (contactor operation and feedback, ready signal) but also the electrical interlocking (for reversing and wye-delta starters) and the timing relay function (wye-delta reversing time). Communication information and control supply voltages are passed on through ribbon cables so that the complete control current wiring on the feeder is no longer needed. The monitoring and maintenance of a plant is made considerably easier by transmitting diverse diagnostics data from the function modules (e.g. missing main and auxiliary voltage, local disconnection…) through IO-Link to the higher-level control system. Also, feeders equipped for IO-Link can be conveniently controlled from the control cabinet door using the optional operator panel. More information: • IO-Link see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication" • 3RA27 function modules see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies" ➞ "Function Modules". Communications integration through AS-Interface Connection of the load feeders to the higher-level control system is possible not only through IO-Link but also through AS-Interface. The AS-Interface connection is recommended wherever load feeders are used in distributed applications. This solution also requires a contactor with voltage tap-off and a corresponding 3RA2712 function module (various versions for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters). The devices are implemented in A/B technology, making it easy to connect up to 62 feeders to an AS-i master (regardless of whether they are direct-on-line, reversing or wye-delta starters). This results in a significant reduction of wiring compared to the conventional parallel wiring method. The electrical connection is made using standard cables.

The function modules perform not only the communication (contactor operation and feedback, ready signal) but also the electrical interlocking (for reversing and wye-delta starters) and the timing relay function (wye-delta reversing time). Communication information and control supply voltages are passed on through ribbon cables so that the complete control current wiring on the starter is no longer needed. More information: • AS-Interface see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication" • 3RA27 function modules see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies" ➞ "Function Modules". Contactors with voltage tap-off Contactors with a voltage tap-off are required for configuring load feeders with a communication interface (AS-i/IO-Link). These contactors are not included as standard in the preassembled 3RA2 load feeders. A load feeder with communication interface must be assembled therefore from single devices. Complete integration in the automation landscape As the result of the communication connection through IO-Link or AS-i, the SIRIUS load feeders are fully integrated in the automation landscape and can draw on all the advantages of TIA (e.g. integration in the TIA Maintenance Station). Mounting 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can be supplied: • For assembly on TH 35 standard mounting rails according to EN 60715 (depth 15 mm) • For assembly on busbar adapters (busbar center-to-center clearance 60 mm, busbar thickness 5 to 10 mm with beveled edges) The fuseless load feeders are also suitable for screw fixing using two 3RV2928-0B push-in lugs. The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can also be configured with the 3RV29 infeed system (S0 and S00 only, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Motor Starter Protectors/ Circuit Breakers" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/ Circuit Breakers up to 80 A" ➞ "3RV29 Infeed System").

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/5

Communications integration using IO-Link

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Direct-on-line starting • For standard rail mounting or screw fixing • Sizes S00 and S0 1

1 2 push-in lugs 3RV2928-0B (only for screw mounting)

2 Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Screw terminals 2

Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Spring-type terminals

4 Link module Screw terminals 3RA1921-1DA00 (for S00) 3RA2921-1AA00 (for S0, AC contactor) 3RA2921-1BA00 (for S0, DC contactor) 5 Link module Spring-type terminals 3RA2911-2AA00 for S00 3RA2921-2AA00 for S0 4

6 Link module (Hybrid) 3RA2911-2FA00 for S00 3RA2921-2FA00 for S0

7 Contactor Size S00/S0 Screw terminals 8

8 Contactor Size S00/S0 Spring-type terminals

NSB0_02089c

Left: 3RA21 load feeder with screw terminals Center: 3RA21 load feeder with spring-type terminals Right: Motor starter protector combination with screw terminals, with contactor with spring-type terminals 1 2 push-in lugs 3RV2928-0B (only for screw mounting)

2 Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Screw terminals 3

3 Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Screw terminals/spring-type terminals 4 Link module 3RA2921-1BA00 (Screw terminals) 5 Link module 3RA2921-1BA00 for S00/S0 and screw terminals 3RA2911-2GA00 for S00 and spring-type terminals 3RA2921-2GA00 for S0 and spring-type terminals 6 Solid-state switching device (Screw terminals) 7 Soft starter Size S00/S0 Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

4 5

NSB0_02090c

Left: Right:

8/6

Motor starter protector combination with solid-state switching device with screw terminals Motor starter protector combination with soft starter with spring-type terminals Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Direct-on-line starting • For standard rail mounting • Size S2

1 Motor starter protector Size S2 Screw terminals 2 Standard mounting rail adapter (optional) 3RA2932-1AA00 Alternatively, the device can be mounted on two standard mounting rails spaced at a distance of 175 mm without a standard mounting rail adapter.

3 Standard mounting rail adapter 3RA2932-1CA00 4 Link module 3RA2931-1AA00 Screw terminals

5 Contactor Size S2 Screw terminals

6 Soft starter Size S2 Screw terminals

IC01_00417

Left: 3RA21 load feeder with screw terminals Right: Motor starter protector assembly with soft starter with screw terminals

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/7

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Direct-on-line starting • For 60 mm busbar systems • Sizes S00 and S0 1

1 60 mm busbar adapter for screw terminals 8US1251-5DS10 for S00 8US1251-5NT10 for S0 2 60 mm busbar adapter for spring-type terminals 8US1251-5DT11 for S00 8US1251-5NT11 for S0

3 Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Screw terminals

4 Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Spring-type terminals 5 Link module Screw terminals 3RA1921-1DA00 for S00 3RA2921-1AA00 for S0, AC contactor 3RA2921-1BA00 for S0, DC contactor 5

6 Link module 3RA2911-2AA00 for S00 3RA2921-2AA00 for S0 Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.

7 Contactor Size S00/S0 Screw terminals

7 8

8 Contactor Size S00/S0 Spring-type terminals

NSB0_02091d

Left: Right:

8/8

3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with screw terminals 3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with spring-type terminals

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Direct-on-line starting • For 60 mm busbar systems • Size S2

IC01_00418

3 1 Motor starter protector Size S2 Screw terminals 4

2 Busbar adapter 60 mm 8US1261-6MT10 3 Link module 3RA2931-1AA00 Screw terminals

4 Contactor Size S2 Screw terminals

3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with screw terminals

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/9

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Reversing duty • For standard rail mounting or screw fixing • Size S00 1

1 2 push-in lugs 3RV2928-0B (only for screw mounting) 2 Motor starter protector Size S00 Screw terminals 3 Motor starter protector Size S00 Spring-type terminals

4 Link module (Screw terminals) 3RA1921-1DA00 for S00 5 Link module (Spring-type terminals) 3RA2911-2AA00 for S00

Contactor Size S00 Screw terminals

Contactor Size S00 Spring-type terminals

6 7

14 7 NSB0_02092d

9 Wiring kit 3RA2913-2AA1 8 Upper wiring module 9 Lower wiring module 10 2 connecting clips 11 Mechanical interlock (can be removed if necessary)

Left: Right:

8/10

Wiring kit 3RA2913-2AA2 12 Upper wiring module 13 Lower wiring module 14 2 connecting clips 15 Mechanical interlock (can be removed if necessary)

3RA22 load feeder with screw terminals with push-in lugs with 2 contactors for reversing duty and 3RA2913-2AA1 wiring kit for connection of the contactors (incl. mechanical interlocking and connecting clips) 3RA22 load feeder with spring-type terminals with push-in lugs with 2 contactors for reversing duty and wiring kit 3RA2913-2AA2 (incl. mechanical interlocking and connecting clips)

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Reversing duty • For standard rail mounting • Size S0 RH assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0 For screw terminals 3RA2923-1BB1 For spring-type terminals 3RA2923-1BB21) Comprising: 1 wiring kit 2 standard mounting rail adapters 2 connecting wedges 1)

Also includes 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.

1 Motor starter protector Size S0 Screw terminals/ spring-type terminals 2 2 standard mounting rail adapters 3RA2922-1AA00 with 2 connecting wedges 8US1998-1AA00 3 Link module For screw terminals: 3RA2921-1AA00 (AC) 3RA2921-1BA00 (DC) For spring-type terminals: 3RA2921-2AA002)

5 4

2) Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals

4 Contactor Size S0 Screw terminals/ spring-type terminals NSB0_02093d

Wiring kit For screw terminals: 3RA2923-2AA1 For spring-type terminals: 3RA2923-2AA2 5 Upper wiring module 6 Lower wiring module 7 2 connecting clips 8 Mechanical interlock (can be removed if necessary)

3RA22 load feeder for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/11

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Reversing duty • For standard rail mounting • Size S2

RH assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S2

3RA2933-1BB1 1

Comprising: 1 Wiring kit for main and auxiliary circuits 2 Rail adapters 2 Side modules 4 Connecting wedges 1 Mechanical locking device 2 Connecting pins for 2 contactors Fixing screws

1 Motor starter protector Size S2 Screw terminals

2 Standard mounting rail adapter 3RA2932-1AA00 with 4 connecting wedges 8US1998-1AA00 and 2 side modules 3RA1902-1B 3 Link module 3RA2931-1AA00 Screw terminals

5 Contactor size S2 Screw terminals

Wiring kit For screw terminals 3RA2933-2AA1 4 Upper wiring module 6 Lower wiring module 7 Mechanical interlock 3RA2934-2B

8 2 Connecting pins

Load feeder for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S2 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

8/12

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IC01_00419

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Reversing duty • For 60 mm busbar systems • Sizes S00 and S0 RS assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting 3

Screw connection 3RA2913-1DB1 for S00 3RA2923-1DB1 for S0 For spring-type connection: 3RA2913-1DB2 for S00 3RA2923-1DB2 for S01) Comprising: 1 wiring kit 1 busbar adapter 1 device holder 2 connecting wedges

Also includes 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.

2 1 Motor starter protector Size S00/S0 Screw terminals/spring-type terminals 2 Link module For screw terminals 3RA1921-1DA00 for S00 3RA2921-1AA00 for S0, AC contactor 3RA2921-1BA00 for S0, DC contactor For spring-type terminals 3RA2911-2AA00 for S002) 3RA2921-2AA00 for S0

2) Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer

NSB0_02094e

Wiring kit Screw connection: 3RA2913-2AA1 for S00 3RA2923-2AA1 for S0 Spring-type connection: 3RA2913-2AA2 for S00 3RA2923-2AA2 for S0 4 Upper wiring module 5 Lower wiring module 7 2 connecting clips 8 Mechanical interlock (can be removed if necessary)

for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.

3 60 mm busbar adapter For screw terminals 8US1251-5DS10 for S00 8US1251-5NT10 for S0 For spring-type terminals 8US1251-5DT11 for S00 8US1251-5NT11 for S0 2 connecting wedges 8US1998-1AA00

60 mm device holder 8US1250-5AS10 or 8US1250-5AT10 (according to left adapter) 6 Contactor Size S00/S0 Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

3RA22 load feeder for reversing duty and 60 mm busbar in size S00/S0 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/13

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Reversing duty • For 60 mm busbar systems • Size S2 RS assembly kit for reversing duty for busbar mounting 3RA2933-1DB1

Comprising: 1 Wiring kit for main and auxiliary circuits 1 busbar adapter and device holder 1 mechanical locking device 2 connecting pins for 2 contactors Fixing screws

1 Motor starter protector Size S2 Screw terminals 2 Link module 3RA2931-1AA00 Screw terminals

3 Busbar adapter 60 mm 8US1211-6MT10 5 Contactor Size S2 Screw terminals

6 5

Wiring kit For screw terminals 3RA2933-2AA1

IC01_00420

Load feeder for reversing duty and 60 mm busbar in size S2 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

8/14

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Upper wiring module

Lower wiring module

7 2 connecting pins 6

Mechanical interlock 3RA2934-2B

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Article No. scheme Digit of the Article No.

1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th @@@

SIRIUS feeders

8th 9th 10th 11th 12th –

13th 14th 15th 16th –

SIRIUS 2nd generation

2 @

Type of feeder (direct-on-line starter = 1, reversing starter = 2)

Size (S00 = 1, S0 = 2, S2 = 3 and 5) Setting range for overload release

Design type and connection method Rated power of the contactor at 400 V AC

Integrated auxiliary switches of the contactor

Operating range/solenoid coil circuit (contactor) Rated control supply voltage (contactor) Example

3RA

–

Note: The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the catalog in the Selection and ordering data.

The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders offer a number of benefits: • Minimum planning and assembly work and far less wiring with the preassembled complete units (only one Article number 3RA2) • Link modules from the motor starter protector to all types of SIRIUS controls, for quicker and error-free assembly of feeders with screw and spring-type connection • High planning reliability through consistent combination tests for fuseless and fused configuration in accordance with IEC and UL/CSA • Comprehensive approvals for use world-wide on request, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16 "Appendix" ➞ "Standards and Approvals"

• High operational reliability through short-circuit breaking capacity of 150 kA with type of coordination "1" and "2" • Uniform accessories for sizes S00, S0 and S2 • Spring-type connection possible throughout: Enhanced operational reliability (vibration-resistant wiring) and less wiring work thanks to plug-in connections (S00 and S0 only) • Power loss 5 to 10 % smaller than for comparable devices, hence lower energy consumption • Connection of feeders to the control system through standardized system connection (IO-Link and AS-i), for fast integration in TIA and less wiring work

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/15

■ Benefits

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data

■ Technical specifications Direct-on-line starters/ reversing starters

Size

Connection methods Mounting

Control voltage

Width W

Height H

Depth D

Mounting dimensions Direct-on-line starters

S00

3RA21.

3RA211.

Screw terminals

Standard mounting rails

AC/DC

167

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

200

155

AC/DC

198

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

260

155

Standard mounting rails

193

107

260

155

260

165

AC/DC

243

107

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

260

165

Standard mounting rails

AC/DC

274

150

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

350

208

Standard mounting rails

AC/DC

170

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

200

155

AC/DC

204

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

260

155

Standard mounting rail adapters

265

120.3

265

130

Busbar adapters

260

155

260

165

AC/DC

270

131

Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rails

Screw terminals

3RA212. Busbar adapters

Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rails S2

Screw terminals

3RA213./3RA215. Reversing starters

S00

3RA22.

3RA221.

Screw terminals

(Size S2 or larger is only available for self-assembly)

Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rails S0

Screw terminals

3RA222.

Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rail adapters S2

Screw terminals

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

260

165

Standard mounting rails

AC/DC

120

295

175

Busbar adapters

AC/DC

120

361

208

Type

3RA2.1

3RA2.2

Size Number of poles

S00 3

S0 3

3RA213 3RA215 S2 3

0.8 ... 2.3

2.2 ... 2.5

Mechanics and environment Permissible ambient temperature • During operation • During storage and transport

°C °C

-20 ... +60 -55 ... +80

Weight

0.6 ... 1.5

Permissible mounting position

90°

Shock resistance

Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection

Acc. to IEC 60947-1

8/16

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

g/ms

90°

NSB0_00369

22,5° 22,5°

Important: Acc. to DIN 43602 start command "I" at the right or top 6/11 (sine pulse) IP20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Type

3RA2.1

3RA2.2

Size Number of poles

S00 3

S0 3

3RA213 3RA215 S2 3

Electrical specifications Standards

IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 100) IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101) IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

Max. rated current In max (= max. rated operational current Ie)

Rated operational voltage Ue

690

Rated frequency

50/60

Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)

690

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

Trip class (CLASS)

Up to 1.25 A 1.6 ... 6.3 A 8 ... 12 A 16 A 5 ... 6.3 A 8 ... 12 A 16 ... 32 A 32 A 36 ... 40 A 45 ... 52 A 59 ... 73 A

150

3RA213: 100 3RA215: 150

See "Selection and ordering data"

Types of coordination according to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) Power loss Pv max of all main current paths Dependent on the rated current In (upper setting range)

Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

Rated short-circuit current Iq at 50/60 Hz 400 V AC according to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

W W W W W W W W W W W

2 2.3 3.5 4.3 --------

----2.3 3.5 4.3 -----

-------16.2 17.2 21 On request

Up to 4 kW 5.5 ... 7.5 kW Up to 5.5 kW 7.5 ... 15 kW P.f. 18.5 ... 37 kW P.f.

VA VA VA VA

27 37 --0.8 ---

--65 77 0.82 ---

-----190 0.72

Up to 4 kW 5.5 ... 7.5 kW Up to 5.5 kW 7.5 ... 15 kW P.f. 18.5 ... 37 kW P.f.

VA VA VA VA

4.2 5.7 --0.25 ---

--8.5 9.8 0.25 ---

-----16 0.37

Closing Closed

W W

4 4

5.9 5.9

23 1

0.8 ... 1.1 x Us 0.8 x Us 0.85 x Us

---

• AC operation - Closing

- Closed

• DC operation

Magnetic coil operating range for contactors Low limit at 55 °C At 60 °C

Power consumption of the solenoid coils for contactors as a function of the standard output P of the motor (when coil is cold and Us’ 50 Hz)

Endurance of the motor starter protector • Mechanical endurance Operating cycles • Electrical endurance Operating cycles • Max. switching frequency per hour (motor starts)

1/h

100 000 100 000 15

Up to 52 A: 50 000 from 65 A: On request

Endurance of contactor • Mechanical endurance • Electrical endurance

Operating cycles Operating cycles

30 million 10 million 10 million See endurance characteristic curves of the contactors ➞ Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies"

Touch protection

Acc. to EN 50274

Finger-safe, for vertical touching from the front

Phase failure sensitivity of the motor starter protector

Acc. to IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

Yes

Isolating features of the motor starter protector

Acc. to IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101)

Yes

Main control and EMERGENCYSTOP switch characteristics of the motor starter protector and accessories

Acc. to IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1)

Yes (with overvoltage releases of category "1" under conditions of proper use)

Protective separation between main and auxiliary circuits

Acc. to EN 60947-1, Appendix N

Mirror contacts for contactors Integrated auxiliary switches

Up to 400 Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/17

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders General data Conductor cross-sections of main circuit Type

3RA2.10

3RA2.20

3RA2130-4E..., 3RA2130-4P..., 3RA2130-4U..., 3RA2130-4V...

Size

S00

M3, Pozidriv size 2

M4, Pozidriv size 2

M6, Pozidriv size 2

3RA2130-4W..., 3RA2130-4X..., 3RA2130-4J..., 3RA2130-4K..., 3RA2150

Screw terminals

Connection type Terminal screw Operating devices

∅ 5 ... 6

Prescribed tightening torque

0.8 ... 1.2

2 ... 2.5

3.0 ... 4.5

• Solid or stranded

mm2

2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), only for contactor 2x4

2 x (1 ... 2.5)1), 2 x (2.5 ... 10)1)

2 x (1 ... 25)1), 1 x (1 ... 35)1)

2 x (1 ... 35)1), 1 x (1 ... 50)1)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1) 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)

2 x (1 ... 2.5)1), 2 x (2.5 ... 6)1), 1 x 10

2 x (1 ... 16)1), 1 x (1 ... 25)1)

2 x (1 ... 25)1), 1 x (1 ... 35)1)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded

AWG

2 x (20 ... 16)1), only for contactor 2 x (18 ... 14)1) 2 x 12

2 x (16 ... 12)1), 2 x (14 ... 8)1)

2 x (18 ... 3)1), 1 x (18 ... 2)1)

2 x (18 ... 2)1), 1 x (18 ... 1)1)

Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1 or 2 conductors can be connected

Connection type Operating devices

Spring-type terminals mm

3.0 x 0.5 and 3.5 x 0.5

Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1 or 2 conductors can be connected • Solid or stranded

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 4)

2 x (1 ... 10)

• Finely stranded without end sleeve

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)

2 x (1 ... 6)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-11)

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)

2 x (1 ... 6)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded

AWG

2 x (20 ... 12)

2 x (18 ... 8)

Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation

3.6

If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.

Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary and control circuits Type

3RA2110 3RA2210

3RA2120 3RA2220

3RA2130 3RA2150

Size

S00

Connection type

Screw terminals M3, Pozidriv size 2

Terminal screw Operating devices

∅ 5 ... 6

Prescribed tightening torque

0.8 ... 1.2

• Solid or stranded

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded

AWG

2 x (18 ... 14)1), 2 x (20 ... 16)1), 2 x 12 only for contactor S00

Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1 or 2 conductors can be connected

Spring-type terminals

Connection type mm

3.0 x 0.5 and 3.5 x 0.5

• Solid or stranded

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded without end sleeve

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)

mm2

2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded

AWG

2 x (20 ... 14)

Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation

3.6

Operating devices Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1 or 2 conductors can be connected

If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.

8/18

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA21 direct-on-line starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

■ Selection and ordering data Direct-on-line start

3RA2110 Size

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is possible1) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • Integrated auxiliary switches: Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC

3RA2150

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2 With screw terminals

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA

15-1AP01

1921-1DA00 A A A

3RA2110-0BA15-1AP0 3RA2110-0CA15-1AP0 3RA2110-0DA15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2110-0EA15-1AP0 3RA2110-0FA15-1AP0 3RA2110-0GA15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2110-0HA15-1AP0 3RA2110-0JA15-1AP0 3RA2110-0KA15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2110-1AA15-1AP0 3RA2110-1BA15-1AP0 3RA2110-1CA15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2110-1DA15-1AP0 3RA2110-1EA15-1AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1AP00

2921-1AA00 A A A A A

3RA2120-1FA24-0AP0 3RA2120-1GA24-0AP0 3RA2120-1HA24-0AP0 3RA2120-1JA24-0AP0 3RA2120-1KA24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA10

26-1AP00

3RA2120-4AA26-0AP0

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

27-1AP00

B A A A A

3RA2120-4BA27-0AP0 3RA2120-4CA27-0AP0 3RA2120-4DA27-0AP0 3RA2120-4NA27-0AP0 3RA2120-4EA27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 32-4WA10

35-1AP00

2931-1AA00 A A A A A

3RA2150-4EA35-0AP0 3RA2150-4PA35-0AP0 3RA2150-4UA35-0AP0 3RA2150-4VA36-0AP0 3RA2150-4WA36-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

30 30

55 55

49 ... 59 54 ... 65

32-4XA10 32-4JA10

37-1AP00

A A

3RA2150-4XA37-0AP0 3RA2150-4JA37-0AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

375)

62 ... 73

32-4KA10

38-1AP00

3RA2150-4KA38-0AP0

1 unit

41D

36-1AP00

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1AP01

1921-1DA00 A A A

3RA2110-1FA15-1AP0 3RA2110-1GA15-1AP0 3RA2110-1HA15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1AP01 17-1AP01 18-1AP01

A A A

3RA2110-1JA16-1AP0 3RA2110-1KA17-1AP0 3RA2110-4AA18-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For footnotes see page 8/20 * You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/19

S00

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA21 direct-on-line starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing Direct-on-line start

3RA2130 Size

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2 With screw terminals

Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 100 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")

3RV20

3RT20

3RA

35-1AP00

2931-1AA00 A A A A A

3RA2130-4EA35-0AP0 3RA2130-4PA35-0AP0 3RA2130-4UA35-0AP0 3RA2130-4VA36-0AP0 3RA2130-4WA36-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

ToC

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

31-4EA10 31-4PA10 31-4UA10 31-4VA10 31-4WA10

30 30

55 55

49 ... 59 54 ... 65

31-4XA10 31-4JA10

37-1AP00

A A

3RA2130-4XA37-0AP0 3RA2130-4JA37-0AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

375)

62 ... 73

31-4KA10

38-1AP00

3RA2130-4KA38-0AP0

1 unit

41D

36-1AP00

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

8/20

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

3RA2110 Size

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With spring-type connection

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA29

15-2AP01

11-2AA00

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 0.75 0.75

ToC

A A A

3RA2110-0BE15-1AP0 3RA2110-0CE15-1AP0 3RA2110-0DE15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2110-0EE15-1AP0 3RA2110-0FE15-1AP0 3RA2110-0GE15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2110-0HE15-1AP0 3RA2110-0JE15-1AP0 3RA2110-0KE15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2110-1AE15-1AP0 3RA2110-1BE15-1AP0 3RA2110-1CE15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2110-1DE15-1AP0 3RA2110-1EE15-1AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2AP00

C C C C C

3RA2120-1FE24-0AP0 3RA2120-1GE24-0AP0 3RA2120-1HE24-0AP0 3RA2120-1JE24-0AP0 3RA2120-1KE24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2AP00

3RA2120-4AE26-0AP0

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2AP00

B A A A A

3RA2120-4BE27-0AP0 3RA2120-4CE27-0AP0 3RA2120-4DE27-0AP0 3RA2120-4NE27-0AP0 3RA2120-4EE27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

21-2AA00

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2AP01

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2AP01 17-2AP01 18-2AP01

11-2AA00

A A A

3RA2110-1FE15-1AP0 3RA2110-1GE15-1AP0 3RA2110-1HE15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2110-1JE16-1AP0 3RA2110-1KE17-1AP0 3RA2110-4AE18-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/21

S00

3RV20

3RA2110 Size

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With screw terminals

3RA2150 Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA

15-1BB41

1921-1DA00 A A A

3RA2110-0BA15-1BB4 3RA2110-0CA15-1BB4 3RA2110-0DA15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2110-0EA15-1BB4 3RA2110-0FA15-1BB4 3RA2110-0GA15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2110-0HA15-1BB4 3RA2110-0JA15-1BB4 3RA2110-0KA15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2110-1AA15-1BB4 3RA2110-1BA15-1BB4 3RA2110-1CA15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2110-1DA15-1BB4 3RA2110-1EA15-1BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1BB40

2921-1BA00 A A A A A

3RA2120-1FA24-0BB4 3RA2120-1GA24-0BB4 3RA2120-1HA24-0BB4 3RA2120-1JA24-0BB4 3RA2120-1KA24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA10

26-1BB40

3RA2120-4AA26-0BB4

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

27-1BB40

B A A A A

3RA2120-4BA27-0BB4 3RA2120-4CA27-0BB4 3RA2120-4DA27-0BB4 3RA2120-4NA27-0BB4 3RA2120-4EA27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 32-4WA10

35-1NB30

2931-1AA00 A A A A A

3RA2150-4EA35-0NB3 3RA2150-4PA35-0NB3 3RA2150-4UA35-0NB3 3RA2150-4VA36-0NB3 3RA2150-4WA36-0NB3

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

30 30 375)

55 55 66

49 ... 59 54 ... 65 62 ... 73

32-4XA10 32-4JA10 32-4KA10

A A A

3RA2150-4XA37-0NB3 3RA2150-4JA37-0NB3 3RA2150-4KA38-0NB3

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

36-1NB30 37-1NB30 38-1NB30

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1BB41

1921-1DA00 A A A

3RA2110-1FA15-1BB4 3RA2110-1GA15-1BB4 3RA2110-1HA15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1BB41 17-1BB41 18-1BB41

A A A

3RA2110-1JA16-1BB4 3RA2110-1KA17-1BB4 3RA2110-4AA18-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

8/22

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With screw terminals

Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 100 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") 3RT20

3RA

35-1NB30

2931-1AA00 A A A A A

3RA2130-4EA35-0NB3 3RA2130-4PA35-0NB3 3RA2130-4UA35-0NB3 3RA2130-4VA36-0NB3 3RA2130-4WA36-0NB3

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2130-4XA37-0NB3 3RA2130-4JA37-0NB3 3RA2130-4KA38-0NB3

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

31-4EA10 31-4PA10 31-4UA10 31-4VA10 31-4WA10

30 30 375)

55 55 66

49 ... 59 54 ... 65 62 ... 73

31-4XA10 31-4JA10 31-4KA10

36-1NB30 37-1NB30 38-1NB30

ToC

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/23

3RV20

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With spring-type connection

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA29

15-2BB41

11-2AA00

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 0.75 0.75

ToC

A A A

3RA2110-0BE15-1BB4 3RA2110-0CE15-1BB4 3RA2110-0DE15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2110-0EE15-1BB4 3RA2110-0FE15-1BB4 3RA2110-0GE15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2110-0HE15-1BB4 3RA2110-0JE15-1BB4 3RA2110-0KE15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2110-1AE15-1BB4 3RA2110-1BE15-1BB4 3RA2110-1CE15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2110-1DE15-1BB4 3RA2110-1EE15-1BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2BB40

C C C C C

3RA2120-1FE24-0BB4 3RA2120-1GE24-0BB4 3RA2120-1HE24-0BB4 3RA2120-1JE24-0BB4 3RA2120-1KE24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2BB40

3RA2120-4AE26-0BB4

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2BB40

B A A A A

3RA2120-4BE27-0BB4 3RA2120-4CE27-0BB4 3RA2120-4DE27-0BB4 3RA2120-4NE27-0BB4 3RA2120-4EE27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

21-2AA00

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2BB41

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2BB41 17-2BB41 18-2BB40

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1) 2)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44. Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

8/24

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11-2AA00

A A A

3RA2110-1FE15-1BB4 3RA2110-1GE15-1BB4 3RA2110-1HE15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2110-1JE16-1BB4 3RA2110-1KE17-1BB4 3RA2110-4AE18-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars

■ Selection and ordering data Direct-on-line start

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2 With screw terminals

• With busbar adapter • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • Integrated auxiliary switches: Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC 3RA2110 Size

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release Motor starter protector

Motor current I (guide value)

+ Contactor

+ Link module + Busbar adapter

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA

15-1AP01

1921-1DA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DS10 A

3RA2110-0BD15-1AP0 3RA2110-0CD15-1AP0 3RA2110-0DD15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2110-0ED15-1AP0 3RA2110-0FD15-1AP0 3RA2110-0GD15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2110-0HD15-1AP0 3RA2110-0JD15-1AP0 3RA2110-0KD15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2110-1AD15-1AP0 3RA2110-1BD15-1AP0 3RA2110-1CD15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2110-1DD15-1AP0 3RA2110-1ED15-1AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1AP00

2921-1AA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DT10 A A A

3RA2120-1FD24-0AP0 3RA2120-1GD24-0AP0 3RA2120-1HD24-0AP0 3RA2120-1JD24-0AP0 3RA2120-1KD24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5 7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 15.5 22 22 28 293)

10 ... 16 13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4AA10 21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

26-1AP00 27-1AP00

2921-1AA00 A + 8US1251- B 5NT10 A A A A

3RA2120-4AD26-0AP0 3RA2120-4BD27-0AP0 3RA2120-4CD27-0AP0 3RA2120-4DD27-0AP0 3RA2120-4ND27-0AP0 3RA2120-4ED27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 32-4WA10

35-1AP00

2931-1AA00 + 8US12616MT10

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.

30 30 374)

55 55 66

49 ... 59 54 ... 65 62 ... 73

32-4XA10 32-4JA10 32-4KA10

36-1AP00 37-1AP00 38-1AP00

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1AP01

1921-1DA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DS10 A

3RA2110-1FD15-1AP0 3RA2110-1GD15-1AP0 3RA2110-1HD15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1AP01 17-1AP01 18-1AP01

A A A

3RA2110-1JD16-1AP0 3RA2110-1KD17-1AP0 3RA2110-4AD18-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39. 2) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units. * You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/25

S00

ToC

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars Direct-on-line start

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With spring-type connection

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module + Busbar adapter

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA29

15-2AP01

11-2AA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DT11 A

3RA2110-0BH15-1AP0 3RA2110-0CH15-1AP0 3RA2110-0DH15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2110-0EH15-1AP0 3RA2110-0FH15-1AP0 3RA2110-0GH15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2110-0HH15-1AP0 3RA2110-0JH15-1AP0 3RA2110-0KH15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2110-1AH15-1AP0 3RA2110-1BH15-1AP0 3RA2110-1CH15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2110-1DH15-1AP0 3RA2110-1EH15-1AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2AP00

21-2AA00 C + 8US1251- C 5NT113) C C C

3RA2120-1FH24-0AP0 3RA2120-1GH24-0AP0 3RA2120-1HH24-0AP0 3RA2120-1JH24-0AP0 3RA2120-1KH24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2AP00

3RA2120-4AH26-0AP0

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2AP00

B A A A A

3RA2120-4BH27-0AP0 3RA2120-4CH27-0AP0 3RA2120-4DH27-0AP0 3RA2120-4NH27-0AP0 3RA2120-4EH27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2AP01

11-2AA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DT11 A

3RA2110-1FH15-1AP0 3RA2110-1GH15-1AP0 3RA2110-1HH15-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2AP01 17-2AP01 18-2AP01

A A A

3RA2110-1JH16-1AP0 3RA2110-1KH17-1AP0 3RA2110-4AH18-1AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

A 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals is included in the scope of supply.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

8/26

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars Direct-on-line start

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With screw terminals

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module + Busbar adapter

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA

15-1BB41

1921-1DA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DS10 A

3RA2110-0BD15-1BB4 3RA2110-0CD15-1BB4 3RA2110-0DD15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2110-0ED15-1BB4 3RA2110-0FD15-1BB4 3RA2110-0GD15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2110-0HD15-1BB4 3RA2110-0JD15-1BB4 3RA2110-0KD15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2110-1AD15-1BB4 3RA2110-1BD15-1BB4 3RA2110-1CD15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2110-1DD15-1BB4 3RA2110-1ED15-1BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1BB40

2921-1BA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DT10 A A A

3RA2120-1FD24-0BB4 3RA2120-1GD24-0BB4 3RA2120-1HD24-0BB4 3RA2120-1JD24-0BB4 3RA2120-1KD24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA10

26-1BB40

1 unit

41D

15.5 22 22 28 293)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

27-1BB40

2921-1BA00 A + 8US1251- B 5NT10 A A A A

3RA2120-4AD26-0BB4

7.5 11 11 15 15

3RA2120-4BD27-0BB4 3RA2120-4CD27-0BB4 3RA2120-4DD27-0BB4 3RA2120-4ND27-0BB4 3RA2120-4ED27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 32-4WA10

35-1NB30

2931-1AA00 + 8US12616MT10

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.

30 30 374)

55 55 66

49 ... 59 54 ... 65 62 ... 73

32-4XA10 32-4JA10 32-4KA10

36-1NB30 37-1NB30 38-1NB30

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1BB41

1921-1DA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DS10 A

3RA2110-1FD15-1BB4 3RA2110-1GD15-1BB4 3RA2110-1HD15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1BB41 17-1BB41 18-1BB41

A A A

3RA2110-1JD16-1BB4 3RA2110-1KD17-1BB4 3RA2110-4AD18-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/27

S00

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars Direct-on-line start

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With spring-type connection

3RA2120 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range Consisting of the following for thermal single devices overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starter protector

+ Contactor

+ Link module + Busbar adapter

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA29

15-2BB41

11-2AA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DT11 A

3RA2110-0BH15-1BB4 3RA2110-0CH15-1BB4 3RA2110-0DH15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2110-0EH15-1BB4 3RA2110-0FH15-1BB4 3RA2110-0GH15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2110-0HH15-1BB4 3RA2110-0JH15-1BB4 3RA2110-0KH15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2110-1AH15-1BB4 3RA2110-1BH15-1BB4 3RA2110-1CH15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2110-1DH15-1BB4 3RA2110-1EH15-1BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2BB40

21-2AA00 C + 8US1251- C 5NT11 C C C

3RA2120-1FH24-0BB4 3RA2120-1GH24-0BB4 3RA2120-1HH24-0BB4 3RA2120-1JH24-0BB4 3RA2120-1KH24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2BB40

3RA2120-4AH26-0BB4

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 293)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2BB40

B A A A A

3RA2120-4BH27-0BB4 3RA2120-4CH27-0BB4 3RA2120-4DH27-0BB4 3RA2120-4NH27-0BB4 3RA2120-4EH27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

ToC

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2BB41

11-2AA00 A + 8US1251- A 5DT11 A

3RA2110-1FH15-1BB4 3RA2110-1GH15-1BB4 3RA2110-1HH15-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2BB41 17-2BB41 18-2BB40

A A A

3RA2110-1JH16-1BB4 3RA2110-1KH17-1BB4 3RA2110-4AH18-1BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

8/28

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

■ Selection and ordering data Reversing duty

3RA2210 Size

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With screw terminals

• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is possible1) • Without standard mounting rail adapter for size S00 • With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for mechanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link contactors module + Assembly kit RH4)/ Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA

15-1AP02

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-2AA1 A A

3RA2210-0BA15-2AP0 3RA2210-0CA15-2AP0 3RA2210-0DA15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2210-0EA15-2AP0 3RA2210-0FA15-2AP0 3RA2210-0GA15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2210-0HA15-2AP0 3RA2210-0JA15-2AP0 3RA2210-0KA15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2210-1AA15-2AP0 3RA2210-1BA15-2AP0 3RA2210-1CA15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2210-1DA15-2AP0 3RA2210-1EA15-2AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1AP00

2921-1AA00 A + 2923-1BB1 A A A A

3RA2220-1FB24-0AP0 3RA2220-1GB24-0AP0 3RA2220-1HB24-0AP0 3RA2220-1JB24-0AP0 3RA2220-1KB24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA10

26-1AP00

3RA2220-4AB26-0AP0

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 295)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

27-1AP00

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BB27-0AP0 3RA2220-4CB27-0AP0 3RA2220-4DB27-0AP0 3RA2220-4NB27-0AP0 3RA2220-4EB27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 32-4WA10

35-1AP00

30 30

55 55

49 ... 59 54 ... 65

32-4XA10 32-4JA10

37-1AP00

376)

62 ... 73

32-4KA10

38-1AP00

2931-1AA00 + 2933-1BB1

36-1AP00

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes S0 and S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/29

S00

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing Reversing duty

3RA2210 Size

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3)

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With screw terminals

Setting range for thermal overload release

StanMotor dard current I output P (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link contactors module + Assembly kit RH4)/ Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") 3RV20

3RT20

3RA

ToC

S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1AP02

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-2AA1 A A

3RA2210-1FA15-2AP0 3RA2210-1GA15-2AP0 3RA2210-1HA15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1AP02 17-1AP02 18-1AP02

A A A

3RA2210-1JA16-2AP0 3RA2210-1KA17-2AP0 3RA2210-4AA18-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes S0 and S2.

8/30

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing Reversing duty

3RA2210 Size

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With spring-type connection

• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is possible1) • Without standard mounting rail adapter for size S00 • With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for mechanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link module contactors + Assembly kit RH4)/Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator

Article No. kW

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA29

15-2AP02

11-2AA00 + 29 3-2AA2

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 0.75 0.75

ToC

A A A

3RA2210-0BE15-2AP0 3RA2210-0CE15-2AP0 3RA2210-0DE15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2210-0EE15-2AP0 3RA2210-0FE15-2AP0 3RA2210-0GE15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2210-0HE15-2AP0 3RA2210-0JE15-2AP0 3RA2210-0KE15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2210-1AE15-2AP0 3RA2210-1BE15-2AP0 3RA2210-1CE15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2210-1DE15-2AP0 3RA2210-1EE15-2AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2AP00

C 21-2AA00 + 2923-1BB25) C C C C

3RA2220-1FF24-0AP0 3RA2220-1GF24-0AP0 3RA2220-1HF24-0AP0 3RA2220-1JF24-0AP0 3RA2220-1KF24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2AP00

3RA2220-4AF26-0AP0

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 296)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2AP00

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BF27-0AP0 3RA2220-4CF27-0AP0 3RA2220-4DF27-0AP0 3RA2220-4NF27-0AP0 3RA2220-4EF27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2AP02

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2AP02 17-2AP02 18-2AP02

ToC

11-2AA00 + 2913-2AA2

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

A A A

3RA2210-1FE15-2AP0 3RA2210-1GE15-2AP0 3RA2210-1HE15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2210-1JE16-2AP0 3RA2210-1KE17-2AP0 3RA2210-4AE18-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

The RH assembly kit also includes the 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/31

S00

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing Reversing duty

3RA2210 Size

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With screw terminals

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices Motor starter protector

+2 + Link contactors module + Assembly kit RH4)/ Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA

15-1BB42

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-2AA1 A A

3RA2210-0BA15-2BB4 3RA2210-0CA15-2BB4 3RA2210-0DA15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2210-0EA15-2BB4 3RA2210-0FA15-2BB4 3RA2210-0GA15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2210-0HA15-2BB4 3RA2210-0JA15-2BB4 3RA2210-0KA15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2210-1AA15-2BB4 3RA2210-1BA15-2BB4 3RA2210-1CA15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2210-1DA15-2BB4 3RA2210-1EA15-2BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1BB40

2921-1BA00 A + 2923-1BB1 A A A A

3RA2220-1FB24-0BB4 3RA2220-1GB24-0BB4 3RA2220-1HB24-0BB4 3RA2220-1JB24-0BB4 3RA2220-1KB24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5 7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 15.5 22 22 28 295)

10 ... 16 13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4AA10 21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

26-1BB40 27-1BB40

A B A A A A

3RA2220-4AB26-0BB4 3RA2220-4BB27-0BB4 3RA2220-4CB27-0BB4 3RA2220-4DB27-0BB4 3RA2220-4NB27-0BB4 3RA2220-4EB27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 32-4WA10

35-1NB30

18.5 18.5 22 22 30 30 376)

55 55 66

49 ... 59 54 ... 65 62 ... 73

32-4XA10 32-4JA10 32-4KA10

2931-1AA00 + 2933-1BB1

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.

36-1NB30 37-1NB30 38-1NB30

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1BB42

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-2AA1 A A

3RA2210-1FA15-2BB4 3RA2210-1GA15-2BB4 3RA2210-1HA15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1BB42 17-1BB42 18-1BB42

A A A

3RA2210-1JA16-2BB4 3RA2210-1KA17-2BB4 3RA2210-4AA18-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.

RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes S0 and S2.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44. 2) Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39. 3) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

8/32

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing Reversing duty

3RA2210 Size

• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is possible1) • Without standard mounting rail adapter for size S00 • With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for mechanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With spring-type connection

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link module contactors + Assembly kit RH4)/Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator

Article No. kW

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA29

15-2BB42

11-2AA00 + 2913-2AA2

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 0.75 0.75

ToC

A A A

3RA2210-0BE15-2BB4 3RA2210-0CE15-2BB4 3RA2210-0DE15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2210-0EE15-2BB4 3RA2210-0FE15-2BB4 3RA2210-0GE15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2210-0HE15-2BB4 3RA2210-0JE15-2BB4 3RA2210-0KE15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2210-1AE15-2BB4 3RA2210-1BE15-2BB4 3RA2210-1CE15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2210-1DE15-2BB4 3RA2210-1EE15-2BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2BB40

C C C C C

3RA2220-1FF24-0BB4 3RA2220-1GF24-0BB4 3RA2220-1HF24-0BB4 3RA2220-1JF24-0BB4 3RA2220-1KF24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2BB40

3RA2220-4AF26-0BB4

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 295)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2BB40

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BF27-0BB4 3RA2220-4CF27-0BB4 3RA2220-4DF27-0BB4 3RA2220-4NF27-0BB4 3RA2220-4EF27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

21-2AA00 + 2923-1BB2

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2BB42

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2BB42 17-2BB42 18-2BB42

ToC

11-2AA00 + 2913-2AA2

A A A

3RA2210-1FE15-2BB4 3RA2210-1GE15-2BB4 3RA2210-1HE15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2210-1JE16-2BB4 3RA2210-1KE17-2BB4 3RA2210-4AE18-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/33

S00

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars

■ Selection and ordering data Reversing duty

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With screw terminals

• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the scope of supply) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use 3RA2210 Size

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link contactors module + Assembly kit RS3)/ Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA

15-1AP02

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-1DB1 A A

3RA2210-0BD15-2AP0 3RA2210-0CD15-2AP0 3RA2210-0DD15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2210-0ED15-2AP0 3RA2210-0FD15-2AP0 3RA2210-0GD15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2210-0HD15-2AP0 3RA2210-0JD15-2AP0 3RA2210-0KD15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2210-1AD15-2AP0 3RA2210-1BD15-2AP0 3RA2210-1CD15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2210-1DD15-2AP0 3RA2210-1ED15-2AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 24-1AP00 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

2921-1AA00 A + 2923-1DB1 A A A A

3RA2220-1FD24-0AP0 3RA2220-1GD24-0AP0 3RA2220-1HD24-0AP0 3RA2220-1JD24-0AP0 3RA2220-1KD24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA10

26-1AP00

3RA2220-4AD26-0AP0

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

27-1AP00

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BD27-0AP0 3RA2220-4CD27-0AP0 3RA2220-4DD27-0AP0 3RA2220-4ND27-0AP0 3RA2220-4ED27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 35-1AP00 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 36-1AP00 32-4WA10

30 30

55 55

49 ... 59 54 ... 65

32-4XA10 32-4JA10

37-1AP00

375)

62 ... 73

32-4KA10

38-1AP00

2931-1AA00 + 2933-1DB1

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

8/34

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars Reversing duty

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With screw terminals

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link contactors module + Assembly kit RS3)/ Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1AP02

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-1DB1 A A

3RA2210-1FD15-2AP0 3RA2210-1GD15-2AP0 3RA2210-1HD15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1AP02 17-1AP02 18-1AP02

A A A

3RA2210-1JD16-2AP0 3RA2210-1KD17-2AP0 3RA2210-4AD18-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/35

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars Reversing duty

Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 With spring-type connection

• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the scope of supply) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use 3RA2210 Size

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link module contactors + Assembly kit RS3)/Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator

Article No. kW

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA29

15-2AP02

11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 0.75 0.75

ToC

A A A

3RA2210-0BH15-2AP0 3RA2210-0CH15-2AP0 3RA2210-0DH15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2210-0EH15-2AP0 3RA2210-0FH15-2AP0 3RA2210-0GH15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2210-0HH15-2AP0 3RA2210-0JH15-2AP0 3RA2210-0KH15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2210-1AH15-2AP0 3RA2210-1BH15-2AP0 3RA2210-1CH15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2210-1DH15-2AP0 3RA2210-1EH15-2AP0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2AP00

C 21-2AA00 + 2923-1DB24) C C C C

3RA2220-1FH24-0AP0 3RA2220-1GH24-0AP0 3RA2220-1HH24-0AP0 3RA2220-1JH24-0AP0 3RA2220-1KH24-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2AP00

3RA2220-4AH26-0AP0

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 295)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2AP00

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BH27-0AP0 3RA2220-4CH27-0AP0 3RA2220-4DH27-0AP0 3RA2220-4NH27-0AP0 3RA2220-4EH27-0AP0

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2AP02

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2AP02 17-2AP02 18-2AP02

ToC

11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting

8/36

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

A A A

3RA2210-1FH15-2AP0 3RA2210-1GH15-2AP0 3RA2210-1HH15-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2210-1JH16-2AP0 3RA2210-1KH17-2AP0 3RA2210-4AH18-2AP0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

The RS assembly kit also includes the 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars Reversing duty

3RA2210 Size

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With screw terminals

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices Motor starter protector

+2 + Link contactors module + Assembly kit RS3)/ Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Screw terminals Configurator Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RT20

3RA

15-1BB42

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-1DB1 A A

3RA2210-0BD15-2BB4 3RA2210-0CD15-2BB4 3RA2210-0DD15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA10 11-0CA10 11-0DA10

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

11-0EA10 11-0FA10 11-0GA10

A A A

3RA2210-0ED15-2BB4 3RA2210-0FD15-2BB4 3RA2210-0GD15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA10 11-0JA10 11-0KA10

A A A

3RA2210-0HD15-2BB4 3RA2210-0JD15-2BB4 3RA2210-0KD15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 0.75 0.75

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA10 11-1BA10 11-1CA10

A A A

3RA2210-1AD15-2BB4 3RA2210-1BD15-2BB4 3RA2210-1CD15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA10 11-1EA10

A A

3RA2210-1DD15-2BB4 3RA2210-1ED15-2BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10 11-1JA10 11-1KA10

24-1BB40

2921-1BA00 A + 2923-1DB1 A A A A

3RA2220-1FD24-0BB4 3RA2220-1GD24-0BB4 3RA2220-1HD24-0BB4 3RA2220-1JD24-0BB4 3RA2220-1KD24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA10

26-1BB40

3RA2220-4AD26-0BB4

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA10 21-4CA10 21-4DA10 21-4NA10 21-4EA10

27-1BB40

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BD27-0BB4 3RA2220-4CD27-0BB4 3RA2220-4DD27-0BB4 3RA2220-4ND27-0BB4 3RA2220-4ED27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

15 18.5 18.5 22 22

29 35 35 41 41

22 ... 32 28 ... 36 32 ... 40 35 ... 45 42 ... 52

32-4EA10 35-1NB30 32-4PA10 32-4UA10 32-4VA10 36-1NB30 32-4WA10

30 30 375)

55 55 66

49 ... 59 54 ... 65 62 ... 73

32-4XA10 32-4JA10 32-4KA10

2931-1AA00 + 2933-1DB1

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.

37-1NB30 38-1NB30

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA10 11-1GA10 11-1HA10

15-1BB42

1921-1DA00 A + 2913-1DB1 A A

3RA2210-1FD15-2BB4 3RA2210-1GD15-2BB4 3RA2210-1HD15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA10 11-1KA10 11-4AA10

16-1BB42 17-1BB42 18-1BB42

A A A

3RA2210-1JD16-2BB4 3RA2210-1KD17-2BB4 3RA2210-4AD18-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

ToC

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators. 1)

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/37

S00

3RV20

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders 3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars Reversing duty

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC With spring-type connection

• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the scope of supply) • The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module • Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system • With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use 3RA2210 Size

3RA2220 Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC2) Standard output P

Setting range for thermal overload release

Motor current I (guide value)

Consisting of the following single devices

Motor starter protector

+2 + Link module contactors + Assembly kit RS3)/Wiring kit

Fuseless load feeders

PS*

Spring-type terminals Configurator

Article No. kW

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

Basic price per PU

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination "1")

S00

3RV20

3RT20

3RA29

15-2BB42

11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

0.06 0.06 0.09

0.2 0.2 0.3

0.14 ... 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 0.22 ... 0.32

11-0BA20 11-0CA20 11-0DA20

0.09 0.12 0.18

0.3 0.4 0.6

0.28 ... 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 0.45 ... 0.63

0.18 0.25 0.37

0.6 0.85 1.1

0.55 0.75 0.75

ToC

A A A

3RA2210-0BH15-2BB4 3RA2210-0CH15-2BB4 3RA2210-0DH15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

11-0EA20 11-0FA20 11-0GA20

A A A

3RA2210-0EH15-2BB4 3RA2210-0FH15-2BB4 3RA2210-0GH15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

0.55 ... 0.8 0.7 ... 1 0.9 ... 1.25

11-0HA20 11-0JA20 11-0KA20

A A A

3RA2210-0HH15-2BB4 3RA2210-0JH15-2BB4 3RA2210-0KH15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.5 1.9 1.9

1.1 ... 1.6 1.4 ... 2 1.8 ... 2.5

11-1AA20 11-1BA20 11-1CA20

A A A

3RA2210-1AH15-2BB4 3RA2210-1BH15-2BB4 3RA2210-1CH15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

1.1 1.5

2.7 3.6

2.2 ... 3.2 2.8 ... 4

11-1DA20 11-1EA20

A A

3RA2210-1DH15-2BB4 3RA2210-1EH15-2BB4

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D

1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

3.6 4.9 6.5 8.5 11.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8 7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5

21-1FA20 21-1GA20 21-1HA20 21-1JA20 21-1KA20

24-2BB40

C C C C C

3RA2220-1FH24-0BB4 3RA2220-1GH24-0BB4 3RA2220-1HH24-0BB4 3RA2220-1JH24-0BB4 3RA2220-1KH24-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

7.5

15.5

10 ... 16

21-4AA20

26-2BB40

3RA2220-4AH26-0BB4

1 unit

41D

7.5 11 11 15 15

15.5 22 22 28 294)

13 ... 20 16 ... 22 18 ... 25 23 ... 28 27 ... 32

21-4BA20 21-4CA20 21-4DA20 21-4NA20 21-4EA20

27-2BB40

B A A A A

3RA2220-4BH27-0BB4 3RA2220-4CH27-0BB4 3RA2220-4DH27-0BB4 3RA2220-4NH27-0BB4 3RA2220-4EH27-0BB4

1 1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D 41D 41D

21-2AA00 + 2923-1DB2

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V (the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2") S00

For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

S00

1.5 2.2 3

3.6 4.9 6.5

3.5 ... 5 4.5 ... 6.3 5.5 ... 8

11-1FA20 11-1GA20 11-1HA20

15-2BB42

4 5.5 7.5

8.5 11.5 15.5

7 ... 10 9 ... 12.5 10 ... 16

11-1JA20 11-1KA20 11-4AA20

16-2BB42 17-2BB42 18-2BB42

ToC

11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

A A A

3RA2210-1FH15-2BB4 3RA2210-1GH15-2BB4 3RA2210-1HH15-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

A A A

3RA2210-1JH16-2BB4 3RA2210-1KH17-2BB4 3RA2210-4AH18-2BB4

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41D 41D 41D

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.

RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting

Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.

Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

8/38

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories

■ Overview The accessories listed here are parts and add-ons for the 3RA2 direct-on-line and reversing starters as well as components for the customer assembly of fuseless load feeders.

■ Selection and ordering data Accessories for motor starter protectors PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41E

3RV2901-1E

3RV2901-2E

Version

3RV2901-1A For motor starter protectors

3RV2901-2A DT

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals Article No.

Price per PU

Size

Auxiliary switches Transverse auxiliary switches for front mounting 1 CO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO

S00 to S2

} } }

3RV2901-1D 3RV2901-1E 3RV2901-1F

} }

-3RV2901-2E 3RV2901-2F

}

3RV2901-1A

}

3RV2901-2A

Lateral auxiliary switches mountable on the left 1 NO + 1 NC 1)

S0 to S2

Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lateral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with 2 NO + 2 NC is used without a transverse auxiliary switch.

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41E

3RV2902-1A..

3RV2902-2A..

Rated control supply voltage Us AC 50 Hz

AC 60 Hz

AC 50/60 Hz 100 % ON period1)

For motor starter protectors

AC/DC 50/60 Hz, DC 5s ON period2) V

Screw terminals

Article No.

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals Article No.

Price per PU

Size

Auxiliary releases for motor starter protectors3) Undervoltage releases 230

240

Shunt releases ---

S0 to S2

}

3RV2902-1AP0

}

3RV2902-2AP0

210 ... 240

190 ... 330

S0 to S2

}

3RV2902-1DP0

}

3RV2902-2DP0

The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period. The response voltage lies at 0.9 of the lower limit of the voltage range.

The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50/60Hz and DC. The response voltage lies at 0.85 of the lower limit of the voltage range.

One auxiliary release can be mounted on the right per motor starter protector (does not apply to 3RV21 motor starter protectors with overload relay function).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Complete range of accessories for the motor starter protectors see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers up to 80 A" ➞ "Accessories".

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/39

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories Accessories for contactors For contactors

Version

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Size

Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front of contactors Screw terminals Cable entry from below S00 ... S2

1-pole - 1 NO - 1 NC

3RH2911-1BA.. S00 ... S2

} }

3RH2911-1BA10 3RH2911-1BA01

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

} }

3RH2911-1MA11 3RH2911-1MA20

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

2-pole - 1 NO + 1 NC - 2 NO

3RH2911-1MA..

Auxiliary switch blocks for contactors, for lateral mounting Screw terminals

3RH2911-1DA..

S00 S00 S00

2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO

A A A

3RH2911-1DA02 3RH2911-1DA11 3RH2911-1DA20

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B

S0/S2 S0/S2 S0/S2

2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO

A A A

3RH2921-1DA02 3RH2921-1DA11 3RH2921-1DA20

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B

Spring-type terminals S00 S00 S00

2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO

A A A

3RH2911-2DA02 3RH2911-2DA11 3RH2911-2DA20

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B

S0/S2 S0/S2 S0/S2

2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO

A A A

3RH2921-2DA02 3RH2921-2DA11 3RH2921-2DA20

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B

3RH2911-2DA..

Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals (can be used only for direct-on-line starters) Screw terminals Adapters for contactors Ambient temperature Tu max = 60 °C 3RT1926-4RD01

S00

Rated operational current Ie at AC-3/400 V: 20 A

3RT1916-4RD01

1 unit

41B

Rated operational current Ie at AC-3/400 V: 25 A

3RT1926-4RD01

1 unit

41B

3RT1900-4RE01

1 unit

41B

Plugs for contactors S00, S0

3RT1900-4RE01

Complete range of accessories for the contactors see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies" ➞ "Accessories and Spare Parts".

8/40

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories For contactors

Version

Type

Rated control supply DT voltage Us1)

Article No.2)

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Surge suppressors without LED for contactors Size S00 For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks 3RT2.

3RT2.

Varistors

RC elements

3RT2916-1B.00

24 ... 48 AC, 24 ... 70 DC

}

3RT2916-1BB00

1 unit

41B

127 ... 240 AC, 150 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2916-1BD00

1 unit

41B

24 ... 48 AC, 24 ... 70 DC

}

3RT2916-1CB00

1 unit

41B

127 ... 240 AC, 150 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2916-1CD00

1 unit

41B

3RT2.

Noise suppression diodes

12 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2916-1DG00

1 unit

41B

3RT2.

Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode) for DC operation and short break times

12 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2916-1EH00

1 unit

41B

24 ... 48 AC, 24 ... 70 DC

}

3RT2926-1BB00

1 unit

41B

127 ... 240 AC, 150 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2926-1BD00

1 unit

41B

24 ... 48 AC, 24 ... 70 DC

}

3RT2926-1CB00

1 unit

41B

127 ... 240 AC, 150 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2926-1CD00

1 unit

41B

24 DC

}

3RT2926-1ER00

1 unit

41B

30 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2926-1ES00

1 unit

41B

Size S0

3RT20 2

Varistors

RC elements

3RT2926-1E.00 3RT20 2

Diode assemblies for DC operation and short break times

Size S2 For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block) 3RT2.3.

3RT2.3.

Varistors

RC elements

3RT2936-1B.00 3RT2.3.

Diode assemblies for DC operation

24 ... 48 AC, 24 ... 70 DC 127 ... 240 AC, 150 ... 250 DC 24 ... 48 AC, 24 ... 70 DC 127 ... 240 AC, 150 ... 250 DC --, 24 DC --, 30 ... 250 DC

}

3RT2936-1BB00

1 unit

41B

}

3RT2936-1BD00

1 unit

41B

}

3RT2936-1CB00

1 unit

41B

}

3RT2936-1CD00

1 unit

41B

}

3RT2936-1ER00

1 unit

41B

}

3RT2936-1ES00

1 unit

41B

3RT2936-1E.00 1)

Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further voltages.

For packs of 10 or 5 units, "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the Article No.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

8/41

For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories Accessories for the customer assembly of fuseless load feeders For motor starter protectors

For contactors

Size

Actuating voltage of contactor

DT Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Link modules from motor starter protector to contactor1) Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and contactor

Screw terminals

Single-unit packaging S00/S0 S00/S0 S00/S0 S2

S00 S0 S0 S2

AC and DC AC DC AC and DC

} A A A

3RA1921-1DA00 3RA2921-1AA00 3RA2921-1BA00 3RA2931-1AA00

1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B 41B

AC and DC AC DC AC and DC

} A A A

3RA1921-1D 3RA2921-1A 3RA2921-1B 3RA2931-1A

1 10 units 1 10 units 1 10 units 1 5 units

41B 41B 41B 41B

3RA2921-1AA00 Multi-unit packaging S00/S0 S00/S0 S00/S0 S2

S00 S0 S0 S2

3RA2931-1AA00 Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and contactor

Spring-type terminals

Single-unit packaging S00 S0

S00 S0

AC and DC AC3) and DC

} }

3RA2911-2AA00 3RA2921-2AA00

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

AC and DC AC3) and DC

} }

3RA2911-2A 3RA2921-2A

1 10 units 1 10 units

41B 41B

AC and DC AC3) and DC

} }

3RA2911-2FA00 3RA2921-2FA00

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

AC and DC AC3) and DC

} }

3RA2911-2F 3RA2921-2F

1 10 units 1 10 units

41B 41B

Multi-unit packaging 3RA2911-2AA00

S00 S0

Hybrid link modules from motor starter protector to contactor2) Mechanical and electrical connection between motor starter protector with screw terminals and contactor with spring-type terminals Single-unit packaging S00 S0

S00 S0

3RA2911-2FA00 Multi-unit packaging S00 S0

S00 S0

3RA2921-2FA00

Note: Link modules can be used in • Sizes S00 and S0 up to max. 32 A • Size S2 up to max. 65 A

8/42

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

The link modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1., 3RV2.32-4K.1., 3RV2.32-4R.1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.

The hybrid modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers. They are only suitable for constructing direct-on-line starters.

A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors, size S0, is optionally available, see page 8/46.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories For motor starter protectors

For soft starters

Size

DT Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter1) Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and soft starter

Screw terminals

Single-unit packaging S00/S0

S00/S0

3RA2921-1BA00

1 unit

41B

S22)

3RA2931-1AA00

1 unit

41B

Multi-unit packaging 3RA2921-1BA00

S00/S0

3RA2921-1B

1 10 units

41B

S22)

3RA2931-1A

5 units

41B

Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and soft starter

Spring-type terminals

Single-unit packaging S00 S0

S00 S0

} }

3RA2911-2GA00 3RA2921-2GA00

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

S00 S0

} }

3RA2911-2G 3RA2921-2G

1 10 units 1 10 units

41B 41B

Multi-unit packaging

Note: Link modules can be used in • Sizes S00 and S0 up to max. 32 A • Size S2 up to max. 65 A

The link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter and from motor starter protector to solid-state contactor cannot be used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1., 3RV2.32-4K.1., 3RV2.32-4R.1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.

To assemble the feeder between a motor starter protector and a soft starter in size S2, the 3RA2932-1AC00 standard mounting rail adapter must be used.

For Version contactors

Article No.

Size

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3RA2921-2GA00

S00 S0

Wiring kits for contactors Screw terminals

S00 S0

Reversing duty Electrical and mechanical link for reversing contactors, optionally with integrated electrical and mechanical interlock

} }

3RA2913-2AA1 3RA2923-2AA1

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

}

3RA2933-2AA1

1 unit

41B

} } } }

3RA2913-2BB1 3RA2923-2BB1 3RA2933-2C 3RA2933-2BB1

1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B 41B

3RA2923-2AA1 S2

S00 S0 S2-S2-S0 S2-S2-S2

The kit contains: 2 connecting pins for 2 contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom • for main and auxiliary circuits Wye-delta starting Electrical and mechanical link for three contactors of same size

3RA2923-2BB1 Spring-type terminals S00 S0 S2 3RA2923-2AA2

S00 S0 S2-S2-S0 S2-S2-S2

Reversing duty Electrical and mechanical link for reversing contactors, optionally with integrated electrical and mechanical interlock The kit contains: 2 connecting pins for 2 contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom • for main circuits only Wye-delta starting Electrical and mechanical link for three contactors of same size

} }

3RA2913-2AA2 3RA2923-2AA2

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

3RA2933-2AA2

1 unit

41B

} } } B

3RA2913-2BB2 3RA2923-2BB2 3RA2933-2C 3RA2933-2BB2

1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B 41B

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B

Safety main current connectors for 2 contactors Switches 2 contactors in series S00 S0 S2

Screw terminals A A A

3RA2916-1A 3RA2926-1A 3RA2936-1A

3RA2916-1A * You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/43

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories For For motor contacstarter tors protectors Size

Version

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

8US1998-7CB45

1 10 units

14O

Size

Mounting rails for mounting contactors for the customer assembly of 3RA21 load feeders with busbar adapters for 60 mm systems For the discrete configuration of direct-on-line starters a further mounting rail is needed for the contactor in addition to the mounting rail existing on the busbar adapter. --

For pushing onto the busbar adapter, including fixing screws

8US1998-7CB45

Standard mounting rail adapters For mechanical fixing of motor starter protector and contactor; for snapping onto standard mounting rail or for screw fixing S00, S0

S00, S0

Single-unit packaging

3RA2922-1AA00

1 unit

41B

S00, S0

Multi-unit packaging

3RA2922-1A

5 units

41B

Single-unit packaging

3RA2932-1AA00

1 unit

41B

Multi-unit packaging

3RA2932-1A

5 units

41B

3RA2932-1CA00

1 unit

41B

}

3RA1902-1B

1 10 units

41B

3RA2922-1AA00 For mechanical fixing of motor starter protector and soft starter; for snapping onto standard mounting rail or for screw fixing S2

Single-unit packaging

3RA2932-1CA00

Side modules for standard mounting rail adapters S00/S0/S2 S00/S0/S For standard mounting rail adapters 2 10 mm wide, 96 mm long, for widening standard mounting rail adapters when using lateral auxiliary switches, 2 units required

3RA1902-1B

RH assembly kits for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0, S2 RH assembly kits for screw terminals S0

Comprising: • Wiring kit • 2 standard mounting rail adapters • 2 connecting wedges

Screw terminals A

3RA2923-1BB1

1 unit

41B

3RA2933-1BB1

1 unit

41B

1 unit

41B

100 10 units

41E

Link modules must be ordered separately. Spring-type terminals

RH assembly kits for spring-type terminals 3RA2923-1BB1

Comprising: • Wiring kit • 2 standard mounting rail adapters • 2 connecting wedges • Spacer

3RA2923-1BB2

3RV2928-0B

Link modules must be ordered separately.

Push-in lugs for screw fixing S00 to S2 --

For screwing the motor starter protector (of the load feeder) onto mounting plates; 2 units are required for each motor starter protector

3RV2928-0B

8/44

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories Busbar adapters

8US1251-5DS10

8US1251-5DT11

8US1250-5AS10

For load feeders

Rated current

Connecting cable

Adapter length

Adapter width

Rated voltage

Size

AWG

8US1250-5AT10 DT

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433 Width: 12 mm and 30 mm Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm also for T and double-T special profiles • For load feeders with screw terminals

Screw terminals

200

690

}

8US1251-5DS10

1 unit

14O

S00 (motor starter protector)/ 25 S0 (contactor)

260

690

}

8US1251-5DT10

1 unit

14O

260

690

}

8US1251-5NT10

1 unit

14O

260

690

8US1261-6MT10

1 unit

14O

S21)

260

118

690

8US1211-6MT10

1 unit

14O

• For load feeders with spring-type terminals

Spring-type terminals

S00

200

690

}

8US1251-5DS11

1 unit

14O

S00/S0

260

690

}

8US1251-5DT11

1 unit

14O

260

690

}

8US1251-5NT11

1 unit

14O

Accessories2) --

200

}

8US1250-5AS10

1 unit

14O

260

}

8US1250-5AT10

1 unit

14O

200

8US1998-2BJ10

1 10 units

14O

Spacers -For fixing the load feeder onto the busbar adapter

}

8US1998-1BA10

1 50 units

14O

Device holders For lateral attachment to busbar adapters Side modules For widening busbar adapters

Vibration and shock kits For high vibration and shock loads S00/S0

}

8US1998-1CA10

2 units

14O

8US1998-1DA10

1 unit

14O

For the assembly of feeders for reversing starters comprising a motor starter protector and two contactors.

Additional mounting rails for busbar adapters see page 8/44.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

8/45

S00/S0

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders Accessories For motor For starter contacprotectors tors Size

Version

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B 41B 41B

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41B 41B

Size

RS assembly kits for reversing duty for 60 mm busbar systems RS assembly kits for screw terminals S00, S0 S0 S00 S2

S00 S0 S0 S2

Comprising: • Wiring kit • Busbar adapters • Device holders • 2 connecting wedges Link modules must be ordered separately.

Screw terminals A A A A

RS assembly kits for spring-type terminals S00 S0

S00 S0

For motor For starter contacprotectors tors Size

3RA2913-1DB1 3RA2923-1DB1 3RA2923-1EB1 3RA2933-1DB1

Spring-type terminals

Comprising: • Wiring kit • Busbar adapters • Device holders • 2 connecting wedges • Spacer Link modules must be ordered separately.

A A

3RA2913-1DB2 3RA2923-1DB2

Version

Article No.

}

8US1998-1AA00

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

100 100 units

14O

Size

Connecting wedges For mechanical linking of busbar adapters and device holders or of standard mounting rail adapters (2 units per combination required)

Spacers For height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals

Spring-type terminals

Single-unit packaging

3RA2911-1CA00

1 unit

41B

Multi-unit packaging

3RA2911-1C

5 units

41B

Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

1 unit

41B

100 340 units

41B

3RA2911-1CA00 Version

Price per PU

Tools for opening spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals

Screwdrivers For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

3RA2908-1A

Unit labeling plates1) for SIRIUS devices 20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray

3RT2900-1SB20

3RA2908-1A

Blank labels

IC01_00181

8US1998-1AA00

3RT2900-1SB20

Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations" Configuration manual for new combinations of load feeders Information and assignment tables for combinations for self-assembly. The configuration manual can be downloaded free of charge in PDF format from the Internet, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/39714188 1)

PC labeling system for individual inscription of unit labeling plates available from murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH: www.murrplastik.de

8/46

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Monitoring and Control Devices

Price groups PG 41B, 41E, 41H, 41L, 42F, 42J 10/2

Introduction

10/3 10/12 10/14 10/16 10/17

SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data Basic units Expansion modules Fail-safe expansion modules Accessories

10/20

Relays Coupling relays and signal converters / interface converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

Note: Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS17 to 3RS70, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Monitoring and Control Devices Introduction

■ Overview

Type

SIMOCODE pro C

SIMOCODE pro S

SIMOCODE pro V/ Page SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET/ SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU

SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devices Basic units

✓

10/12

Current measuring modules

✓

10/13

Current/voltage measuring modules

✓

10/13

Decoupling modules

✓

10/13

Operator panels

✓

10/13

Operator panels with display

✓

10/13

Expansion modules

✓

10/16

Fail-safe expansion modules

✓

10/16

Current transformers

✓

IC 10

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

✓

Ch. 14

SIMOCODE ES 2007

✓

IC 10

SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7

✓

IC 10

✓ Available -- Not available

Type

3RS70

Page

SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters Single-range converters

✓

10/25

Multi-range converters

✓

10/25

Universal converters

✓

10/25

✓ Available -- Not available

Connection methods The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or spring-type terminals. Screw terminals

10/2

"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to ATEX directive 94/9/EC The communication-capable, modularly designed SIMOCODE pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor Management and Control Devices) protects motors of types of protection EEx e and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.

Spring-type terminals

ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion hazard

The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion hazard according to • ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining) • ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data

■ Overview Expansion possibilities

SIMOCODE pro C

pro S

pro V1)

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PROFIBUS2) Modbus RTU2)

PROFINET

Operator panels

✓

Operator panels with display

✓

Current measuring modules

✓

Current/voltage measuring modules

✓

Decoupling modules

✓

• Digital modules

• Fail-safe digital modules3)

• Analog modules

• Ground-fault modules

• Temperature modules

• Multifunction modules

Expansion modules:

SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage performance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C and motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant savings to be made for installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance of a system. When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchboard, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level automation system and the motor feeder and includes the following: • Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection that is independent of the automation system • Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor control • Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data • Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, Modbus RTU and OPC UA • Safety relay function for the fail-safe disconnection of motors up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) or PL e with Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1) • SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro parameterization, start up and diagnostics. Device series SIMOCODE pro is structured into several functionally tiered series: • SIMOCODE pro C, as a compact system for direct-on-line starters and reversing starters or for controlling a motor starter protector • SIMOCODE pro S - the smart system for direct-on-line, reversing, and wye-delta starters or for controlling a motor starter protector or soft starter. Its expandability with a multifunction module provides comprehensive input/output project data volume, precise ground-fault detection via the 3UL23 residual-current transformers and temperature measurement. • SIMOCODE pro V, as a variable system with all control functions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs and functions of the system at will using expansion modules

✓ Available -- Not available 1)

Maximum of 5 expansion modules.

When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module are used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable per basic unit must be observed, see page 10/11.

The fail-safe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital modules.

Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and one separate current measuring module. The two modules are connected together electrically through the system interface with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically connected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side by side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for the choice of the current measuring module. An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is optionally connectable through a second system interface on the basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the operator panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be added to the SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S by means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules it is also possible to integrate the fail-safe disconnection of motors in the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system. All modules are connected by connection cables. The connection cables are available in various lengths. The maximum distance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and the current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total length of all the connection cables per system interface of the basic unit may be up to 3 m.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/3

SIMOCODE pro S for efficient entry into motor management and SIMOCODE pro V for maximum functionality

漏 Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data

SIMOCODE pro S

Current measuring module

Operator panel

Multifunction module

Basic unit

Functions

PROFIBUS

Current/voltage measuring module

Operator panel

Earth-fault module

Temperature module

Digital modules Standard Fail-safe

Analog module

PROFINET PROFIsafe PROFIBUS PROFIsafe Modbus RTU

Functions

SIMOCODE pro V

Basic unit

IC01_00273a

SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V: System structure

10/4

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data Article No. scheme Digit of the Article No. SIMOCODE pro motor management system

1st - 4th

5th

6th

7th

@@@@

8th –

9th 10th 11th 12th @

13th –

–

3UF7 @

Type of unit/module Functional version of the unit/module

Connection type of the current transformer

Voltage version

Color Example

3UF7

–

Note: The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.

For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the catalog in the Selection and ordering data.

■ Benefits

Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection for rated motor currents up to 820 A SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and delayable protection and monitoring functions: • Inverse-time delayed solid-state overload protection (CLASS 5 to 40) • Thermistor motor protection • Phase failure/unbalance protection • Stall protection • Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current • Voltage and power monitoring • Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding) • Ground-fault monitoring • Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000 • Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts etc.

Recording of measuring curves SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is able, for example, to present the progression of motor current during motor start up. Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks) Many predefined motor control functions have already been integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic operations and interlocks: • Overload relays • Direct-on-line and reversing starters • Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal) • Two speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing starter); also with direction reversal • Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings (also with direction reversal) • Positioner actuation • Solenoid valve actuation • Actuation of a motor starter protector • Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal) These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro and can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS/PROFINET device (including the process image). These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers, edge evaluation, etc.) and with the help of standard functions (power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.), without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control circuit. SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and circuit diagrams.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/5

General customer benefits • Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control by means of PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, Modbus RTU or OPC UA significantly reduces the wiring outlay between the motor feeder and PLC • Decentralization of the automated processes by means of configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder saves resources in the automation system and ensures full functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus system fails • The acquisition and monitoring of operating, service and diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system increases plant availability as well as maintenance and service-friendliness • The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly implement their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder • The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and space-saving solutions for each customer application • The replacement of the control circuit hardware with integrated control functions decreases the number of hardware components and wiring required and in this way limits stock keeping costs and potential wiring errors • The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of service

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data

SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS

SIMOCODE pro makes different operating, service and diagnostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and rectified very quickly – there are no or very short downtimes.

SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS supports for example: • Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1) • Extensive diagnostics and hardware interrupts • Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) for SIMOCODE pro V • DPV1 communication after the Y-Link

Operating data • Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main circuit • All phase currents • All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages • Active power, apparent power and power factor • Phase unbalance and phase sequence • Ground-fault current • Time to trip • Motor temperature • Remaining cooling time etc. Service data • Motor operating hours • Motor stop times • Number of motor starts • Number of overload trips • Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits • Energy consumed • Internal comments stored in the device etc. Diagnostics data • Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages • Internal device fault logging with time stamp • Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault messages etc. Easy operation and diagnostics

Operator panel The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG. Operator panel with display As an alternative to the 3UF720 standard operator panel for SIMOCODE pro V, there is also an operator panel with display: the 3UF721 is thus able in addition to indicate current measured values, operational and diagnostics data or status information of the motor feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the operator panel can be used to control the motor. Also, when SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET is used it is possible to set parameters such as rated motor current, limit values, etc. directly via the operator panel with display.

SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET supports for example: • Line and ring bus topology thanks to an integrated switch • Media redundancy via MRP protocol • Operating, service and diagnostics data via standard web browser • OPC UA server for open communication with visualization and control system • NTP-synchronized time • Interval function and measured values for power management via PROFIenergy • Module exchange without PC memory module through proximity detection • Extensive diagnostics and maintenance alarms System redundancy with SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET The device supports the system redundancy mechanisms of PROFINET IO and therefore can be operated directly on fault-tolerant systems such as SIMATIC S7-400 H. As such, SIMOCODE pro can provide decisive added value also for the field level of plants in which plant availability and control system redundancy are priorities. SIMOCODE pro for Modbus RTU SIMOCODE pro for Modbus RTU supports for example: • Communication at baud rates 1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/57600 • Access to freely parameterizable process image via Modbus RTU • Access to all operational, service and diagnostics data via Modbus RTU Notes on safety For connection of an internal system to an external system, suitable protective measures must be taken to ensure safe operation of the plant (including IT security, e.g. network segmentation). More information, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity. For SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices with communication function, see page 10/12 onwards. Accessories, see page 10/17 onwards. More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.

Communications

Autonomous operation

SIMOCODE pro has either an integrated PROFIBUS DP or Modbus RTU interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) or a PROFINET interface (2 x RJ45).

An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is the autonomous execution of all protection and control functions, even when communication to the I&C system is interrupted. This means that even in the event of bus system or automation system failure, full functionality of the feeder is ensured or a specific behavior can be parametrized in case of such a fault, e.g. targeted shutdown of the feeder or execution of particular parametrized control mechanisms (such as reversal of the direction of rotation).

Fail-safe disconnection through PROFIBUS or PROFINET with the PROFIsafe profile is also possible in conjunction with a failsafe controller (F-CPU) and the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module.

10/6

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data

IC0 1_ 0

0 24

Advantages through energy efficiency

Overview of the energy management process

We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and software solutions in every process phase.

The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant (www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving). The SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system makes the following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as a whole: • Energy consumption: Clear display of the energy consumption of a motor feeder or process element by means of the acquisition and transmission of all operating and consumption date, such as current, voltage, active and reactive power, energy consumption, motor temperature etc. • Energy management: Evaluation of energy measured values (e.g. limit value monitoring) with exporting of local or central actions (= forwarding to higher-level) • PROFIenergy: SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET supports the PROFIenergy functions. Reduced energy consumption thanks to automatic disconnection in the intervals and forwarding of the measured values for higher-level energy management systems.

■ Application

SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for operation in motor control centers (MCCs) in the process industry and for power plant technology. Applications Protection and control of motors in hazardous areas for types of protection EEx e/d according to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC • With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water industries) • In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material processing industries, power plants)

Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro The safe disconnection of motors in the process industry is becoming increasingly important as the result of new and revised standards and requirements in the safety technology field. With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules it is easy to integrate functions for fail-safe disconnection into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of safety functions and operational functions proves particularly advantageous for planning, configuring and construction. Seamless integration in the motor management system leads to greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of the system. Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules, depending on the requirements: • The DM-F Local fail-safe digital module for when direct assignment between a fail-safe hardware shutdown signal and a motor feeder is required, or • The DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module for when a fail-safe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the disconnection and transmits it in a fail-safe manner through PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe to the motor management system

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/7

SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. chemical, oil/gas, water/waste water, steel or cement industries) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through detailed operating, service and diagnostics data or to localize the fault very quickly in the event of a fault.

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data

■ Technical specifications General data Type

3UF7

Permissible ambient temperature • During operation • During storage and transport

°C °C

Degree of protection (acc. to IEC 60529) • Measurement modules with busbar connection • Operator panel (front) and door adapter (front) with cover • Other components Shock resistance (sine pulse)

IP00 IP54 IP20 g/ms

EMC interference immunity (according to IEC 60947-1) • Conducted interference, burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 • Conducted interference, high frequency acc. to IEC 61000-4-6 • Conducted interference, surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 • Electrostatic discharge, ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 • Field-related interference acc. to IEC 61000-4-3

15/11 Any

Mounting position Frequency

-25 ... +60; 3UF721: 0 ... +60 -40 ... +80; 3UF721: -20 ... +70

50/60 ± 5 %

kV kV V

(corresponds to degree of severity 3) 2 (power ports) 1 (signal ports) 10

kV kV kV kV V/m

2 (line to ground); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 1 (line to ground) 1 (line to line); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 0.5 (line to line) 8 (air discharge); 3UF7020: Only operate front side during operation 6 (contact discharge); 3UF721: 4 (contact discharge) 10

EMC emitted interference (according to IEC 60947-1) • Conducted and radiated interference emission

EN 55011/EN 55022 (CISPR 11/CISPR 22) (corresponds to degree of severity A) All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely separated from each other according to IEC 60947-1, i.e. they are designed with doubled creepage paths and clearances. In this context, compliance with the instructions in the test report "Safe Isolation" No. 2668 is required.

Protective separation (acc. to IEC 60947-1)

Basic units Type

3UF7000-1AU00-0 3UF7010-1AU00-0 3UF7011-1AU00-0 3UF7020-1AU01-0 3UF7012-1AU00-0

3UF7000-1AB00-0 3UF7010-1AB00-0 3UF7011-1AB00-0 3UF7020-1AB01-0 3UF7012-1AB00-0

110 ... 240 AC/DC; 50/60 Hz

24 V DC

0.85 ... 1.1 x Us

0.80 ... 1.2 × Us

0.85 ... 1.1 x Us 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us

0.80 ... 1.2 × Us 0.85 ... 1.2 × Us

7 VA/5 W 10 VA/7 W

5W 7W

11 VA/8 W

Control circuit

Rated control supply voltage Us (according to IEC 61131-2) Operating range • SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010/3UF7012) • SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020) - Operation - Start up Power consumption • SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020) • SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010/3UF7012) incl. two connected expansion modules • SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) incl. two connected expansion modules Rated insulation voltage Ui

300 (at pollution degree 3)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

Relay outputs • Number - SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro V, SIMOCODE pro V PN - SIMOCODE pro S • Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs) - Fuse links - Miniature circuit breaker • Rated uninterrupted current • Rated switching capacity - AC-15 - DC-13

3 monostable relay outputs 2 monostable relay outputs

6 A/24 V AC 2 A/24 V DC

10/8

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

6 A/120 V AC 0.55 A/60 V DC

3 A/230 V AC 0.25 A/125 V DC

4 inputs supplied internally by the device electronics (with 24 V DC) and connected to a common potential

Inputs (binary) Thermistor motor protection (binary PTC) • Summation cold resistance • Response value • Return value

6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1) 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A) 6

kΩ kΩ kΩ

≤ 1.5 3.4 ... 3.8 1.5 ... 1.65

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data Current measuring modules or current/voltage measuring modules Type

3UF71.0

3UF71.1

3UF71.2

3UF71.3

3UF71.4

2.4 ... 25

10 ... 100

20 ... 200

63 ... 630

Main circuit Current setting Ie

0.3 ... 3

Rated insulation voltage Ui

690; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 1 000 (at pollution degree 3)

Rated operational voltage Ue

690

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

6; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 8

Rated frequency

50/60 Three-phase current

Type of current

Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit

Short circuit Accuracy of current measurement (in the range of 1 x minimum current setting Iu to 8 x max. current setting Io) Typical voltage measuring range • Phase-to-phase voltage/line-to-line voltage (e.g. UL1 L2) • Phase voltage (e.g. UL1 N) Accuracy • Voltage measurement (phase voltage UL in the range 230 ... 400 V) • Power factor measurement (in the rated load range p.f. = 0.4...0.8) • Apparent power measurement (in the rated load range)

±3

V V

110 ... 690 65 ... 400

±3 (typical)

% %

±5 (typical) ±5 (typical)

Notes on voltage measurement • In insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded forms of power supply system and for single-phase systems • Supply lines for voltage measurement

In these networks the current/voltage measuring module can be used only with an upstream decoupling module on the system interface. In the supply lines from the main circuit for voltage measurement of SIMOCODE pro it may be necessary to provide additional line protection!

Digital modules or multifunction module Type

3UF7300, 3UF7310, 3UF7600

Control circuit Rated insulation voltage Ui

300 (at pollution degree 3)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

4 2 monostable or bistable relay outputs (depending on the version)

6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1) 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A) 6 6 A/24 V AC 2 A/24 V DC

6 A/120 V AC 0.55 A/60 V DC

3 A/230 V AC 0.25 A/125 V DC

4 inputs, electrically isolated, supplied externally with 24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC depending on the version, connected to a common potential

Inputs (binary)

Ground-fault modules or multifunction modules Type

3UF7510, 3UF7600

Control circuit Connectable residual-current transformers

3UL23

Type of current for monitoring

Type A (AC and pulsating DC residual currents)

Adjustable response value

30 mA ... 40 A

Relative measurement error

7.5 %

Temperature modules or multifunction modules Type

3UF7600, 3UF7700

Sensor circuit Number of temperature sensors • 3UF7700 • 3UF7600 Typical sensor circuits • PT100 • PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC

3 temperature sensors 1 temperature sensor mA mA

1 (typical) 0.2 (typical)

Open-circuit/short-circuit detection • Sensor type - Open circuit - Short circuit - Measuring range

°C

PT100/PT1000 ✓ ✓ -50 ... +500

Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)

< ±2

Deviation due to ambient temperature (in % of measuring range)

0.05 per K deviation from T20

Conversion time

500

Connection type

KTY83-110 ✓ ✓ -50 ... +175

KTY84 ✓ ✓ -40 ... +300

NTC -✓ 80 ... 160

Two- or three-wire connection

✓ Detection possible -- Detection not possible

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/9

Relay outputs • Number • Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs) - Fuse links - Miniature circuit breaker • Rated uninterrupted current • Rated switching capacity - AC-15 - DC-13

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data Analog modules Type

3UF74

Control circuit Inputs • Channels • Parameterizable measuring ranges • Shielding • Max. input current (destruction limit) • Accuracy • Input resistance • Conversion time • Resolution • Open-circuit detection Outputs • Channels • Parameterizable output range • Shielding • Max. voltage at output • Accuracy • Max. output load • Conversion time • Resolution • Short-circuit proof

mA mA % Ω ms bit

mA V DC % Ω ms bit

2 (passive) 0/4 ... 20 Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required 40 ±1 50 150 12 With measuring range 4 ... 20 mA 1 0/4 ... 20 Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required 30 ±1 500 25 12 Yes

Connection type

Two-wire connection

Electrical separation of inputs/output to the device electronics

Fail-safe digital modules Type

3UF7320-1AB00-0 3UF7320-1AU00-0 3UF7330-1AB00-0 3UF7330-1AU00-0

Control circuit Rated control supply voltage Us

Power consumption

110 ... 240 AC/DC; 24 DC 50/60 Hz

110 ... 240 AC/DC; 50/60 Hz

9.5 VA/4.5 W

11 VA/5.5 W

Rated insulation voltage

300

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

Relay outputs • Number

24 DC

2 relay enabling circuits, 2 relay outputs

Version of the fuse link For short-circuit protection of the relay enabling circuit

4, operational class gG

Rated uninterrupted current

Rated switching capacity • AC-15 • DC-13

3 A/24 V AC 4 A/24 V DC

Inputs (binary)

5 (with internal power supply from the device electronics)

Cable length • Between sensor/start signal and evaluation electronics • For further digital signals

m m

3 A/120 V AC 0.55 A/60 V DC

1.5 A/230 V AC 0.22 A/125 V DC

1 500 300

Safety data1) SIL level max. according to IEC 61508

Performance level PL according to EN ISO 13849-1

Category according to EN ISO 13849-1

Stop category according to EN 60204-1

Probability of a dangerous failure (at 40 °C) for SIL 3 applications • Per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate according to IEC 62061 • On demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate according to IEC 61508 T1 value for proof-test interval or service life according to IEC 61508 1)

More safety data, see system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/50564852.

10/10

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

1/h

4.5 x 10-9

4.6 x 10-9

4.4 x 10-9

5.4 x 10 -6

5.5 x 10 -6

5.1 x 10 -6

5.2 x 10 -6

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 General data

■ More information

If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module in the SIMOCODE pro V system with PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU, then the following configuration instructions concerning the type and number of connectable expansion modules must be observed. The following tables show the maximum possible configuration of the expansion modules for the various combinations. The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules behave in this connection like digital modules for standard applications. Use of an operator panel with display Digital module 1

Digital module 2

Analog module

Temperature Ground-fault module module

Only operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC) Max. 4 expansion modules can be used

Operator panel with display and current/voltage measurement with SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC) Max. 3 expansion modules can be used or: --

✓

✓ Available -- Not available

Use of a decoupling module (voltage measurement in insulated networks) Digital module 1

Digital module 2

Analog module

Temperature Ground-fault module module

SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC) ✓1)

✓1)

✓

SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC) ✓

✓

✓1)

✓

✓ Available -- Not available 1)

No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active simultaneously (> 3 s).

Use of a decoupling module (voltage measurement in insulated networks) in combination with an operator panel with display Digital module 1

Digital module 2

Analog module

Protective separation All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely isolated from each other in accordance with IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, therefore, no parasitic voltages can be formed in neighboring circuits. The instructions of Test log No. 2668 must be complied with. Types of protection EEx e and EEx d The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for overload protection of explosion-proof motors to the type of protection: • EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to IEC 60079-1 • EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to IEC 60079-7 When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or a safety transformer according to IEC 61558-2-6. EC type test certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001 Test log: BVS PP 05.2029 EG. Selection data for type-tested assemblies/load feeders For configuration tables according to type of coordination "1" or "2", see • Manual "Configuring SIRIUS", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/40625241 • Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/39714188 • SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS System Manual, https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/20017780 • SIMOCODE pro PROFINET System Manual, https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/61896631 System manual The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor management system and its functions in detail. It provides information on configuration, start up, servicing and maintenance. A typical example of a reversing starter application is used to teach the user quickly and practically how to use the system. In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in the event of a malfunction, the manual also contains special information for servicing and maintenance. For selection of equipment and for configuration, it is recommended to consult the system manual. A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules is provided in the system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", which can be downloaded from the Internet. Internet

Temperature Ground-fault module module

More information, see www.siemens.com/simocode.

SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC) ✓

✓

SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC) ✓1)

✓

✓2)

✓3)

✓

✓ Available -- Not available 1)

No bistable relay outputs and no more than 3 of 5 relay outputs active simultaneously (> 3 s).

No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active simultaneously (> 3 s).

Analog module output is not used.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/11

Configuration instructions when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module with SIMOCODE pro V with PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Basic units

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS SIMOCODE pro C PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485 4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs Rated control supply voltage Us: • 24 V DC

}

3UF7000-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7000-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC

}

3UF7020-1AB01-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7020-1AU01-0

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC

}

3UF7010-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7010-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC

}

3UF7011-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7011-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC

}

3UF7012-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7012-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7000-1A.00-0 SIMOCODE pro S1) PROFIBUS DP interface, 1.5 Mbit/s, RS 485 4 I/2 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by a multifunction module Rated control supply voltage Us:

3UF7020-1A.01-0 SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485 4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules Rated control supply voltage Us:

3UF7010-1A.00-0

SIMOCODE pro PROFINET SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET

ETHERNET/PROFINET IO, OPC UA server and web server, 100 Mbit/s, 2 x connection to bus through RJ45, PROFINET system redundancy, media redundancy protocol, 4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules, web server in German/English/Chinese/Russian, 3UF7011-1A.00-0

Rated control supply voltage Us:

SIMOCODE pro Modbus RTU SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU2) Modbus RTU interface, 57.6 kbit/s, RS 485; 4I/3O freely assignable; input for thermistor connection; monostable relay outputs; can be expanded by expansion modules Rated control supply voltage Us: 3UF7012-1A.00-0 1)

The connection cable to the current measuring module must be at least 30 cm.

When using an operator panel with display, the product version must be E09 or higher (from 05/2015).

10/12

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Basic units Version

Current setting Width

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3UF7100-1AA00-0 3UF7101-1AA00-0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J

3UF7102-1AA00-0 3UF7103-1AA00-0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J

3UF7103-1BA00-0 3UF7104-1BA00-0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J

3UF7110-1AA00-0 3UF7111-1AA00-0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J

3UF7112-1AA00-0 3UF7113-1AA00-0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J

3UF7113-1BA00-0 3UF7114-1BA00-0

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J

3UF7150-1AA00-0

1 unit

42J

Screw terminals Article No.

0.3 ... 3 2.4 ... 25

45 45

10 ... 100 20 ... 200

55 120

20 ... 200 63 ... 630

120 145

Price per PU

SIMOCODE pro (continued) Current measuring modules • Straight-through transformers

• Bus connection 3UF7100-1AA00-0

} } } } } }

Current/voltage measuring modules for SIMOCODE pro V Voltage measuring up to 690 V If required in connection with a decoupling module • Straight-through transformers

3UF7110-1AA00-0 • Bus connection

0.3 ... 3 2.4 ... 25

45 45

10 ... 100 20 ... 200

55 120

20 ... 200 63 ... 630

120 145

} } } } } }

Decoupling modules For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring A module on the system interface when using voltage detection in insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded systems and in single-phase systems

3UF7150-1AA00-0 Operator panels

3UF7200-1AA00-0

• Light gray

}

3UF7200-1AA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Titanium gray

}

3UF7200-1AA01-0

1 unit

42J

English/German/French/Spanish/Portuguese/ Italian/Polish/Finnish

}

3UF7210-1AA00-0

1 unit

42J

English/Chinese/Russian

}

3UF7210-1BA00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7200-1AA01-0 Operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V

3UF7210-1.A00-0

Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro V PN, 7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor, multilingual display, e.g. for indication of measured values, status information or fault messages

Notes: "SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS" System Manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/20017780. "SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET" System Manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/61896631. Configuration manual "SIMOCODE pro Modbus RTU", see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/108681641. SIMOCODE pro V basic unit in a hardened version via SIPLUS extreme upon request.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/13

Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into all SIMOCODE pro basic units, 10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Expansion modules

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and outputs in steps. Each expansion module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a connection cable; through the second system interface, further expansion modules or the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for the expansion modules is provided by the connection cable through the basic unit. Note: Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/17. Digital modules Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external power supply. 4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs, up to 2 digital modules can be connected Relay outputs

Input voltage

Monostable

24 V DC

}

3UF7300-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7300-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

24 V DC

}

3UF7310-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7310-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7400-1AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7510-1AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7700-1AA00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7300-1AU00-0 Bistable

Analog modules Basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs and outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA) by means of the analog module.

2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of 0/4 ... 20 mA signals, max. 1 analog module can be connected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 analog modules per pro V PN basic unit.

3UF7400-1AA00-0 Ground-fault modules1) Ground-fault monitoring using 3UL23 residual-current transformers and ground-fault modules is used in cases where precise detection of the ground-fault current is required or power systems with high impedance are grounded. With the ground-fault module, it is possible to determine the precise fault current as a measured value, and to define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide range from 30 mA ... 40 A. 3UF7510-1AA00-0

1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual-current transformer, up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected. Note: For corresponding residual-current transformers, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter "Monitoring and Control Devices". Temperature modules Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the basic units, up to 3 analog temperature sensors can be evaluated using a temperature module. Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC 3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature sensors, up to 1 temperature module can be connected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 temperature modules per pro V PN basic unit.

3UF7700-1AA00-0 1)

Possible with pro V basic unit from product version E10 or pro V PN basic unit from product version E04, operator panel with display from product version E07.

10/14

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Expansion modules

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro S With SIMOCODE pro S, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and outputs. The expansion module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro S using a connection cable; through the second system interface, the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for the expansion module is provided by the connection cable through the basic unit. Note: Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/17. Multifunction modules The multifunction module is the expansion module of the SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following functions:

3UF7600-1AU01-0

• Digital module function with four digital inputs and two monostable relay outputs • Ground-fault module function with an input for the connection of a 3UL23 residual-current transformer with freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide zone of 30 mA ... 40 A • Temperature module function with an input for connecting an analog temperature sensor PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, or NTC Max. 1 multifunction module can be connected per pro S basic unit Input voltage of the digital inputs: }

3UF7600-1AB01-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7600-1AU01-0

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC • 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/15

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Fail-safe expansion modules

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Fail-safe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V Thanks to the fail-safe expansion modules, SIMOCODE pro V can be expanded with the function of a safety relay for the fail-safe disconnection of motors. A maximum of 1 failsafe digital module can be connected; it can be used instead of a digital module. The fail-safe expansion modules are equipped likewise with two system interfaces at the front for making the connection to other system components. Unlike other expansion modules, power is supplied to the modules through a separate terminal connection. Note: Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/17. DM-F Local fail-safe digital modules1) For fail-safe disconnection using a hardware signal 2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected fail-safe; inputs for sensor circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit, safety function adjustable using DIP switches Rated control supply voltage Us: • 24 V DC

}

3UF7320-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7320-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC

}

3UF7330-1AB00-0

1 unit

42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

}

3UF7330-1AU00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7320-1AB00-0 DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules1)2) For fail-safe disconnection using PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe 2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected fail-safe; 1 input for feedback circuit; 3 binary standard inputs Rated control supply voltage Us:

3UF7330-1AB00-0 1)

Possible with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit, product version E07 and higher (from 05/2011) or SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit.

Cannot be used in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro V for Modbus RTU communication

Note: "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules" System Manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/50564852.

10/16

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Accessories

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Connection cables (essential accessory) Connection cables In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current measuring module, current/voltage measuring module, operator panel or expansion modules or decoupling module

3UF7932-0AA00-0

Version

Length

Flat Flat Flat Flat

0.025 m 0.1 m 0.3 m 0.5 m

} } } }

3UF7930-0AA00-0 3UF7931-0AA00-0 3UF7935-0AA00-0 3UF7932-0AA00-0

1 1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J 42J 42J

Round Round Round

0.5 m 1.0 m 2.5 m

} } }

3UF7932-0BA00-0 3UF7937-0BA00-0 3UF7933-0BA00-0

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

42J 42J 42J

}

3UF7941-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7946-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7900-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7901-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Light gray

}

3UF7950-0AA00-0

5 units

42J

• Titanium gray

3RA6936-0B

5 units

42F

Addressing plugs

}

3UF7910-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

PC cables and adapters USB PC cables For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the system interface 3UF7941-0AA00-0 USB/serial adapters To connect an RS 232 PC cable to to the USB interface of a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

Memory modules This enables transmission to a new system, e.g. when a device is replaced, without the need for additional aids or detailed knowledge of the device. Memory module for SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V

Memory module for SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET For saving the complete parameterization of a SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET system

Interface covers Interface covers For system interface

3UF7950-0AA00-0

Addressing plugs For assigning the PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU address without using a PC/PG to SIMOCODE pro through the system interface 3UF7910-0AA00-0

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/17

3UF7900-0AA00-0

For saving the complete parameterization of a SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S or SIMOCODE pro V system

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Accessories Version

Article No.

}

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3UF7902-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

Accessories for motor control center With the draw-out technology often used in motor control centers it is possible to integrate a SIMOCODE pro initialization module in the switchboard on a permanent basis. Feeder-related parameter and address data can then be permanently assigned to this feeder. Initialization module for automatic parameterization of: • pro V basic unit, product version E09 or higher (11/2012) • pro S basic unit • pro V PROFINET basic unit • pro V Modbus RTU basic unit 3UF7902-0AA00-0

Y connection cable1) For use in conjunction with the initialization module; connects the basic unit, current measuring module or current/voltage measuring module, and initialization module System interface length

Open cable end

0.1 m

1.0 m

}

3UF7931-0CA00-0

1 unit

42J

0.5 m

1.0 m

}

3UF7932-0CA00-0

1 unit

42J

1.0 m

}

3UF7937-0CA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7960-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7920-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7922-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

• For pushbuttons of the 3UF720 operator panel

}

3UF7925-0AA00-0

100

400 units

42J

• For pushbuttons of the 3UF721 operator panel with display

}

3UF7925-0AA01-0

100

600 units

42J

• For LEDs of the 3UF720 operator panel

}

3UF7925-0AA02-0

100 1 200 units

42J

3RV2928-0B

Bus connection terminals Bus connection terminal For shield support and strain relief of the PROFIBUS cable on a SIMOCODE pro S

3UF7960-0AA00-0

Door adapters Door adapters

For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet 3UF7920-0AA00-0

Adapters for operator panel Adapters for operator panel The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7200 operator panel from SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger 3UF52 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been used, degree of protection IP54 3UF7922-0AA00-0

Labeling strips Labeling strips

3UF7925-0AA02-0

Push-in lugs Push-in lugs for screw fixing E.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device • Can be used for 3UF71.0, 3UF71.1 and 3UF71.2 3RV2928-0B

10/18

100

10 units

41E

• Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701, 3UF73, 3UF74, 3UF75 B and 3UF77

3RP1903

10 units

41H

• Can be used for 3UF7020, 3UF7600

3ZY1311-0AA00

10 units

41L

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 Accessories Version

Article No.

• Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0

}

• Length 120 mm, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0

}

• Length 25 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0 • Length 30 mm, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3RT1956-4EA1

1 unit

41B

3RT1966-4EA1

1 unit

41B

}

3RT1956-4EA2

1 unit

41B

}

3RT1966-4EA2

1 unit

41B

}

3RT1956-4EA3

1 unit

41B

}

3RT1966-4EA3

1 unit

41B

• Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0

}

3RT1955-4G

1 unit

41B

• Up to 120 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0

}

3RT1956-4G

1 unit

41B

• Up to 240 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0

}

3RT1966-4G

1 unit

41B

• 115/230 V AC

3UF1900-1KA00

1 unit

42J

• 24 V DC

3UF1900-1KB00

1 unit

42J

Terminal covers Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections

Covers for box terminals

3RT1956-4EA1

Covers for screw terminals Between contactor and current measuring module or current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting

3RT1956-4EA2

• Can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0 • Can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0

Box terminal blocks Box terminal blocks For round and ribbon cables

3RT195.-4G

Bus termination modules Bus termination modules With separate control supply voltage for bus termination following the last unit on the bus line Supply voltage:

3UF1900-1KA00

Software

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and diagnosing SIMOCODE pro based on the TIA Portal, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization"

3ZS1322-.C.11-0Y.5 SIMOCODE ES Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and diagnosing SIMOCODE pro in Version 2007, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization" or the Industry Mall.

3ZS1312-.C.10-0Y.5 SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Using PCS 7 block libraries, it is easy and convenient to integrate SIMOCODE pro into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization" or the Industry Mall.

3ZS1632-.XX02-0Y.0

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/19

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

■ Overview Electromagnetic disturbance and overvoltages can affect the signals on the input side in particular or even destroy the analog modules. All terminals of the 3RS70 signal converters are safe up to a voltage of 30 V DC and protected against reverse polarity. Short-circuit protection is an important function for the outputs above all. The devices are EMC-tested according to • IEC 61000-6-4 (generic standard for emitted interference) • IEC 61000-6-2 (generic standard for interference immunity) The analog signals comply with • IEC 60381-1/2. Note: For the conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS17 to 3RS70, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.

3RS70 signal converters

Signal converters perform the coupling function for analog signals on both the input side and the output side. They are indispensable when processing analog values with electronic controls. Under harsh industrial conditions in particular, it is often necessary to transmit analog signals over long distances. Electrical separation is then needed as a result of the different power supplies. The resistance of the wiring causes potential differences and losses which must be prevented.

Article No. scheme Digit of the Article no. Signal converters

1st - 5th 6th 7th @@@@@ @ @

–

3RS70 @

Type of input signal

@ @

Connection methods

8th 9th 10th 11th 12th @ @ @ 0 0

Type of output signal

Design of the power supply Example

3RS70

–

Note: The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.

For your order please use the Article No. indicated in the catalog under the selection and ordering data.

■ Benefits • • • •

Narrow design Easy-to-set universal converters Converters with frequency output All ranges are fully calibrated

■ Application Signal converters are used in analog signal processing for • Electrical separation • Conversion of normalized and non-normalized signals • Amplification and impedance adaptation • Conversion to a frequency for processing by a digital input • Overvoltage and EMC protection • Short-circuit protection of the outputs

10/20

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

• Universal family of devices – the perfect solution for every application • Integrated manual-automatic switch with a setpoint generator • Outputs are short-circuit-proof • Up to 30 V – protected against damage caused by wiring errors

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters 3RS7025 manual/automatic transformer Example: When it is set for an output of 4 mA to 20 mA, the 0 % scale value on the potentiometer represents an output current of 4 mA and the 100 % scale value represents an output current of 20 mA. In the "Auto" switch position, the output signal follows the input signal proportionally regardless of the potentiometer setting.

For special applications in which analog signals have to be simulated, or during plant commissioning when the actual process value is not yet available, the 3RS7025 devices feature an adjustable potentiometer for manual setpoint selection and a manual/automatic switch. The potentiometer for the 3RS7025 devices is used to simulate analog output signals when the changeover switch is set to "Manual" and the control supply voltage is applied, without the need for an analog input signal, and the scale ranges from 0 % to 100 %. Sensor/analog value generator

Electronic control

3RS70 converter

0 ... 10 V 0/4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V 0/4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 kHz

Input

Output

3RS70 converter

0 ... 10 V 0/4 ... 20 mA

Actuator with analog input

0 ... 10 V 0/4 ... 20 mA

IC01_00425a

3RS70 signal converter, application example: Analog signal processing

■ Technical specifications Single-range converters, active/passive Type

3RS7000-.AE00 3RS7000-.CE00, 3RS7002-.AE00, 3RS7002-.CE00, 3RS7020-.ET00 3RS7000-.DE00 3RS7003-.AE00 3RS7002-.DE00, 3RS7003-.CE00, 3RS7003-.DE00

General data mm

6.2 × 73 × 93

Ambient temperature • During operation • During storage

°C °C

-25 ... +60 -40 ... +85

Relative humidity during operation

10 ... 90

Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3 rated value

Active power input

0.29

6.2 × 71 × 93

Dimensions (W x H x D)

IP20

Degree of protection

Conductor cross-sections Screw terminals • Solid • Finely stranded with end sleeve • AWG cables

mm² mm² AWG

1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) 1x (20 ... 14) Spring-type terminals

mm² mm² mm² AWG

1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) 1x (20 ... 14)

Input voltage • maximum • typical

V V

30 24

Input impedance • of current input • of voltage input

Ω kΩ

-330

Ω kΩ

500 2

Relative measuring accuracy

0.1

Overvoltage strength maximum at current output

• • • •

Solid Finely stranded without end sleeve Finely stranded with end sleeve AWG cables

Inputs

100 --

Outputs Load • maximum at current output • maximum at voltage output

Short-circuit proof

1000 --

Yes

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/21

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters Multi-range converters, active Type

3RS7005-.FE00 3RS7005-.KE00 3RS7005-.FW00 3RS7005-.KW00 3RS7025-.FE00, 3RS7025-.FW00

General data mm

6.2 × 73 × 93

Ambient temperature • During operation • During storage

°C °C

-25 ... +60 -40 ... +85

Relative humidity during operation

10 ... 90

Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3 rated value

300

Active power input

0.29

0.5

0.34

0.5

2 500

---

2 500

17.5 × 73 × 93

17.5 × 75 × 93

Dimensions (W x H x D)

IP20

Degree of protection

Conductor cross-sections Screw terminals • Solid • Finely stranded with end sleeve • AWG cables

mm² mm² AWG

1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) 1x (20 ... 14) Spring-type terminals

mm² mm² mm² AWG

1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) 1x (20 ... 14)

Input voltage • maximum • typical

V V

30 24

Input impedance • of current input • of voltage input

Ω kW

100 330

kΩ Ω

2 500

Relative measuring accuracy

0.1

Overvoltage strength maximum at current output

• • • •

Solid Finely stranded without end sleeve Finely stranded with end sleeve AWG cables

Inputs

Outputs Load • maximum at voltage output • maximum at current output

Short-circuit proof

10/22

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Yes

---

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters Universal converters, active Type

3RS7006-.F.00

General data mm

17.5 × 73 × 93

Ambient temperature • During operation • During storage

°C °C

-25 ... +60 -40 ... +85

Relative humidity during operation

10 ... 90

Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3 rated value

300

Active power input

0.5

Dimensions (W x H x D)

IP20

Degree of protection

Conductor cross-sections Screw terminals • Solid • Finely stranded with end sleeve • AWG cables

mm² mm² AWG

1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) 1x (20 ... 14) Spring-type terminals

mm² mm² mm² AWG

1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) 1x (20 ... 14)

Input voltage • maximum • typical

V V

30 24

Input impedance • of current input • of voltage input

Ω kΩ

100 330

Load • maximum at voltage output • maximum at current output

kΩ Ω

2 500

Relative measuring accuracy

0.1

Overvoltage strength maximum at current output

• • • •

Solid Finely stranded without end sleeve Finely stranded with end sleeve AWG cables

Inputs

Short-circuit proof

Outputs

Yes

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/23

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters Schematics

I+

O+

I+

O+

I-

O-

I-

O-

IC01_00439

IC01_00435

3RS7000-.AE00

3RS7005-.FE00, 3RS7005-.FW00, 3RS7006-.FE00. 3RS7006-.FW00

I+

I-

O+

I+

O-

I-

O+

O-

IC01_00437

IC01_00434

3RS7000-.CE00, 3RS7000-.DE00

3RS7005-.KE00, 3RS7005-.KW00

I+

O+

O+ I-

I-

IC01_00438

I-

IC01_00433

O-

3RS7002-.AE00, 3RS7003-.AE00

O-

3RS7020-.ET00 A1

I+

O+

I-

O+

I+ A 0 H

OIC01_00432

I-

OIC01_00436

3RS7002-.CE00, 3RS7002-.DE00, 3RS7003-.CE00, 3RS7003-.DE00

10/24

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

3RS7025-.FE00., 3RS7025-.FW00

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41 H

3RS7000-1AE00 Signal type At the input

Supply voltage

Width

3RS7000-2AE00

DT Screw terminals

DT Spring-type terminals

At the output Article No. mm

Price per PU

Article No.

Price per PU

Single-range converters, passive, 2-way separation 4 ... 20 mA

4 ... 20 mA

6.2

3RS7020-1ET00

3RS7020-2ET00

Single-range converters, active, 3-way separation 0 ... 10 V

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7000-1AE00

3RS7000-2AE00

0 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7002-1AE00

3RS7002-2AE00

4 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7003-1AE00

3RS7003-2AE00

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7000-1CE00

3RS7000-2CE00

0 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7002-1CE00

3RS7002-2CE00

4 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7003-1CE00

3RS7003-2CE00

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7000-1DE00

3RS7000-2DE00

0 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7002-1DE00

3RS7002-2DE00

4 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7003-1DE00

3RS7003-2DE00

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7005-1FE00

3RS7005-2FE00

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

17.5

3RS7005-1FW00

3RS7005-2FW00

24 V AC/DC

6.2

3RS7005-1KE00

3RS7005-2KE00

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

17.5

3RS7005-1KW00

3RS7005-2KW00

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 50 Hz 0 ... 100 Hz 0 ... 1 kHz 0 ... 10 kHz

Switchable multi-range converters, active

Switchable multi-range converters, active, with manual/automatic switch and setting potentiometer as manual analog signal transmitter 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

17.5

3RS7025-1FE00

3RS7025-2FE00

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

17.5

3RS7025-1FW00

3RS7025-2FW00

Switchable universal converters, active, with 16 input ranges and 3 output ranges 0 ... 60 mV 0 ... 100 mV 0 ... 300 mV 0 ... 500 mV 0 ... 1 V 0 ... 2 V 0 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 V 0 ... 5 mA 0 ... 10 mA -5 ... +5 mA -20 ... +20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC

17.5

3RS7006-1FE00

3RS7006-2FE00

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

17.5

3RS7006-1FW00

3RS7006-2FW00

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/25

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

■ Accessories Version

DT Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Galvanic isolation plates Galvanic isolation plates

3RQ3900-0A

10 units

41H

For electrical separation of different potentials when devices of different types are installed side by side

3RQ3900-0A

Connecting combs Connecting combs For linking the same potentials, current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A

3RQ3901-0B

• 2-pole

3RQ3901-0A

10 units

41H

• 4-pole

3RQ3901-0B

10 units

41H

• 8-pole

3RQ3901-0C

10 units

41H

• 16-pole

3RQ3901-0D

10 units

41H

3RQ3902-0A

100 2 000 units

41H

Clip-on labels Clip-on labels For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white • 5 x 5 mm

Tools for opening spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals A

3RA2908-1A

1 unit

41B

3RA2908-1A

Screwdrivers For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

10/26

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

■ More information Active signal converters Active signal converters provide maximum flexibility for the application by the use of an external supply voltage. Configuration with active signal converters is extremely easy because input and output resistances and voltage drops are compensated by the auxiliary supply. They support electrical separation as well as conversion from one signal type to another or reinforcement. The load of the measured value transmitter is negligible. Passive signal converters Passive signal converters do not require an external supply voltage. This advantage can only be used by current signals that are converted 1:1. Reinforcement or conversion is not possible. The converters are used for complete electrical separation of current signals and to protect the inputs and outputs. Passive signal converters do not operate reaction-free, i.e. any load on the output produces an equal load on the input signal. When the passive converter is to be used, the output power of the sensor and the input resistance of the analog input must be analyzed. Calculation guide for passive converters Important: Please note the following when using passive signal converters: The current-driving voltage of the measuring transducer UE must be sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the passive separators with a voltage loss of UV = 2.8 V and the load RB. This means that UB ≥ UE = 2.8 V + 20 mA x RB

The following figure shows the input voltage UE as a function of the load RB taking into account the voltage loss UV. If the load is known, the y-axis shows the minimum voltage that has to be supplied by the current source in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the passive signal converter and load. UE/ V NSB0_01313b

22,8 20 15 10 5 2,8 0 0

100 2

200 4

300 6

400 8

600 12

800 RB/Ω1 000 16 UA/ V 20

Input voltage depending on the load at Ia = 20 mA

Load rating of the outputs A maximum output load is specified for current signals. This resistance value specifies how large the input resistance of the next device connected in series can be as a result of the power of the converter. For voltage signals, the maximum current that can be drawn from the output is the decisive factor. 3-way separation For the 3-way separation, each circuit is electrically separated from the other circuits, i.e. input, output, and control supply voltage do not have equipotential bonding. NSB0_01343b

UV = 2,8 V

OUT Vcc

3-way isolation

3-way separation NSB0_01312b

Distribution of the voltages in the case of passive signal converters

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

10/27

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Relays Coupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters

Notes

10/28

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Safety Technology

Price groups PG 41B, 41L, 42B, 42C, 42J 11/2

11/3 11/13 11/14 11/15 11/16 11/18 11/19

Introduction Safety relays SIRIUS 3SK safety relays General data Basic units - SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units - SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units - SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units Expansion units - Output expansions - Input expansions Accessories

Note: Conversion tool, e.g. from 3TK28 to 3SK, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Safety Technology Introduction Article No.

Page

3SK111

11/13

3SK112

11/14

3SK2

11/15

3SK121, 3SK122, 3SK123

11/16, 11/18

SIRIUS Safety Integrated 3SK safety relays • Key modules of a consistent and cost-effective safety chain • Can be used for all safety applications thanks to compliance with the highest safety requirements (PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508) • Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all globally established certifications SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units 3SK111.

• Simple, compact devices for all important requirements for monitoring safety sensors and actuators SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units • Multifunctional series of safety relays with safe relay outputs, semiconductor outputs or time-delayed outputs for: - EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring - Protective door monitoring - Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.

3SK112.

- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles - Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors • Setting by means of DIP switch SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units • Series of safety relays that can be parameterized by software, featuring semiconductor outputs and independent enabling circuits for: - EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring - Protective door monitoring - Protective door monitoring with tumbler - Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.

3SK2

- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles - Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors - Muting Expansion units • Output expansions 3RO and 4RO for SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units, SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units and SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units • Input expansion for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units • Power supply for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units • Integration of 3RM1 motor starters possible and simple integration of a main circuit component in a system configuration of the safety relays. There is no need for complex wiring between the safety evaluation unit and the actuator.

3SK121.

• Expansion of the Standard device series by means of wiring

• Expansion of the SIRIUS 3SK1 and SIRIUS 3SK2 Advanced device series by means of wiring or without wiring outlay by means of 3ZY12 device connectors

Connection methods The safety relays are available with screw or spring-type terminals. Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in) The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

Push-in connection method Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors equipped with end sleeves. As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with 3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor. The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or stranded conductors with no end finishing. The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the checking and tightening required with screw terminals.

11/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data

■ Overview 3SK1 Advanced basic units However, 3SK1 Advanced basic units also offer the following: • Universal application opportunities thanks to multifunctionality • Time-delayed outputs • Expansion of inputs and outputs 3SK2 basic units In addition, 3SK2 basic units offer: • Up to six fail-safe trip functions • Flexible application thanks to software parameterization • Powerful semiconductor outputs • Convenient diagnostics using diagnostics display and configuration software In the case of 3SK1 Advanced basic units/3SK2 basic units, the 3ZY12 device connector allows safety functions involving several sensors and actuators to be set up very quickly. SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are the key elements of a consistent, cost-effective safety chain. Whether you need EMERGENCYSTOP functionality, protective door monitoring, light arrays, laser scanners or the protection of presses or punches – slimline SIRIUS safety relays enable all safety applications to be implemented in the best possible way in terms of engineering and price.

1 IC 01_0 03

The following safety-related functions are available: • Monitoring the safety functions of sensors • Monitoring the sensor leads • Monitoring the correct device function of the safety relay • Monitoring the actuators in the shutdown circuit • Safety-related disconnection when dangers arise

36a

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are approved for applications up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508/IEC 62061) or PL e (EN ISO 13849-1). Device series

3SK1 Standard basic units The 3SK1 Standard basic units are characterized by the following features: • Compact design • Simple operation • Relay and semiconductor outputs • Economical solution

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays stand out on account of their flexibility in both parameterization and system configurations with several evaluation units. Optimized solutions when selecting components are facilitated by a clearly structured component range: • 3SK1 Standard basic units • 3SK1 Advanced basic units • 3SK2 basic units • 3SK output expansions • 3SK1 input expansions • Accessories

1 Standard mounting rail 2 Device connector 3 Device terminating connector 4 SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter 5 SIRIUS 3SK1211 output expansion 6 SIRIUS 3SK1121 Advanced basic unit 7 SIRIUS 3SK1220 sensor expansion

System configuration example

3SK1 Standard and Advanced and 3SK2 devices are highquality replacements for 3TK28 safety relays. In their narrow design, and equipped with greater functionality, they can replace any 3TK28 device. The only exceptions to this are 3TK2810 devices. Note: For converting from 3TK28 to 3SK, see conversion tool http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/3

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data Overview of functions of the 3SK series Type

3SK1 Standard basic units

3SK1 Advanced basic units

3SK2 basic units 22.5 mm

45 mm

Safe relay outputs

Safe electronic outputs

Safe relay outputs

Safe electronic outputs

 1) ---

  - by means of cascading

   

   --

10 single-channel, 5 two-channel

20 single-channel, 10 two-channel

  Using wiring

 

A large number of functions can be adjusted via software parameterization for each input/output.

 Using wiring ---

  --

  



 - Using wiring

  

Parameterizable Parameterizable 

---

-

4) 

5) 

-• External memory module -• Display on device • External diagnostic tool can -be connected

----

--

  

 --

 3)

 --

Sensors • • • •

Mechanical Single-ended Antivalent Expandable

Inputs • Freely parameterizable Parameter • Start (auto/monitored) • Sensor connection, 2 x 1-channel/ 1 x 2-channel • Crossover monitoring • Start test ON/OFF • Monitoring of two-hand operator panels acc. to EN 574 • Safety shutdown/ pressure-sensitive mat Safe outputs • Instantaneous • Time-delayed • Can be expanded using safe relay outputs • independent • Device connectors Options

Rated control supply voltage • 24 V DC • 115 … 240 V AC/DC

2) 

 Available -- Not available 1)

24 V basic units only.

24 V AC/DC.

Possible using 3SK1230 power supply via device connector.

Up to 4 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connector.

Up to 6 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connector.

11/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data Parameter assignment 3SK112 and 3SK1112 with DIP switches

3SK2 with software

The 3SK112 and 3SK1112 safety relays are configurable safety relays. They are used as evaluation units for typical safety chains (detect, evaluate, respond). A number of functions can be set using the DIP switches on the front. Thus the 3SK112 and 3SK1112 can be used universally.

3SK2 safety relays are configured using the SIRIUS Safety ES software. This means that the response of a 3SK2 unit, as well as the function of the individual safe outputs, can be parameterized easily and conveniently in the logic diagram. In addition, the configuration can be printed out for documentation purposes. The software also supports the user during commissioning and troubleshooting by means of online diagnostics and the option of "forcing" signals in the logic plan. Through this, 3SK2 safety relays are able to offer maximum flexibility and universal application options.

OFF

Autostart sensor input

Monitored start sensor input

without crossover monitoring

With crossover monitoring

2 x single-channel sensor connection

1 x 2-channel sensor connection

with start test

without start test

3 4

Circuit diagram

Note:

For SIRIUS Safety ES, see Chapter 14 "Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS".

2 3 4

IC01_00196

DIP switch No.

3 2 7

4 2

5 6 8

1 9 1 Connecting terminals

4 DIP switches

Device interface

10 Memory module

2 Labeled cover caps

5 SET/RESET button

Data matrix code

11 Device Display

6 Sealable cover

Width

IC01_00431

3 LED status display

Innovative enclosure concept for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

11/5

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data Through the integration of SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters into the SIRIUS 3SK safety relay system family, this wiring has been minimized for the first time.

Can be expanded by adding the 3RM1 motor starter With previous safety relay and motor feeder configurations, a huge amount of wiring was required to monitor motor feeders in safety applications.

Motors up to 3 kW can be easily integrated into the safety relay system using SIRIUS 3ZY12 device connectors, without additional wiring between the evaluation unit and the motor starter.

Safety relays

3RM1 motor starter

IC01_00178

3SK1 safety relay

Motor

Motor starters

IC01_00177

3SK1 and 3RM1 system design

Motor

Conventional system configuration

Article No. scheme 3SK1 Digit of the Article No. Safety relays

1st - 3rd 4th @@@ @

5th @

6th @

7th @

–

9th A

10th 11th 12th @ @ @

3SK @

Generation

Device version

Device series

Type of outputs

Connection type

8th @

Rated control supply voltage

Type of rated control supply voltage

Time delay Example

3SK

–

5th @

6th @

7th @

–

8th @

9th A

10th 11th 12th A 1 0

3SK2 Digit of the Article No. Safety relays

1st - 3rd 4th @@@ @ 3SK @

Generation

Device version

Device variant or quantity structure

Type of outputs

Type of connection Example

3SK

–

Note: The article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.

11/6

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the catalog in the Selection and ordering data.

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data

■ Benefits General • Approved for all safety applications because of its compliance with the highest safety requirements (SIL 3 and PL e) • Universally usable thanks to adjustable parameters • Usable worldwide thanks to globally valid certificates • Compact SIRIUS design • Device connectors with standard rail mounting for flexible connectability and expandability • Removable terminals for greater plant availability • Yellow terminal covers clearly identify the device as a safety component • Sensor cable length up to 2000 m allows it to be used in plants covering large areas Relay outputs • Different voltages can be switched through the floating contacts • Currents up to 5 A can be switched with relay contacts with AC-15/DC-13 Solid-state outputs • Wear-free • Suitable for operation in fast switching applications • Insensitive to vibrations and dirt • Good electrical endurance Power outputs (3SK1213 output expansion) • Different voltages can be switched through the floating contacts • The power relay contacts allow currents of up to 10 A AC-15/DC-13 to be connected • Long mechanical and electrical endurance • Protective separation among the safe outputs and between safe outputs and electronics Can be expanded by adding the 3RM1 motor starter SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are ideal for combining with SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters.

This makes collective shutdown very easy in assemblies. The wiring, and ultimately the shutting down of the control supply voltage for the expansion components in EMERGENCY-STOP situations, is performed via the device connector. There is no further need for complex looping of the connecting cables between the safety relay and the motor starters. The 3RM1 motor starter combines the benefits of semiconductor technology and relay technology. This combination is also known as hybrid technology. The hybrid technology in the motor starter is characterized by the following features: • The inrush current in the case of motorized loads is routed briefly via the semiconductors. Advantages include protection of the relay contacts and a long service life due to low wear. • The uninterrupted current is conducted via relay contacts. Advantages include lower heat losses compared with the semiconductor. • Shutdown is implemented again via the semiconductor. The contacts are only slightly exposed to arcs, and this results in a longer service life. • Integrated overload protection Note: For SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters, see Catalog IC 10, chapter 8, "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in Switchgear Cabinets" → "SIRIUS 3RM1 Motor Starter". 3ZY1 device connector Using 3ZY1 device connectors to combine devices reduces the time required to configure and wire the components. At the same time errors are avoided during wiring, and this considerably reduces the testing required for the fully-assembled application. Configuration and stock keeping Variable setting options by means of DIP switches or software, a wide voltage range (3SK1111) and a special power supply unit (3SK1 only) reduce the cost of spare parts storage and simplify the considerations during configuration with regard to the evaluation units to be selected.

Combinations are made by means of • SIRIUS 3ZY1 device connectors (in combination with 3SK1 Advanced/3SK2) or • Conventional wiring (for all 3SK1 und 3SK2 basic devices).

■ Application 3SK1 safety relays

3SK2 safety relays

SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous safety applications which are not connected to a safety-oriented bus system. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safety-oriented shutdown of hazards. Also they check and monitor the sensors, actuators and safety-oriented functions of the safety relay.

SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous and more complex safety applications, in which the functional scope of the 3SK1 devices is no longer adequate, e.g. when implementing independent trip functions. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safety-related shutdown of hazards. They also check and monitor the sensors, actuators and safety-oriented functions of the safety relay.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/7

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data

■ Technical specifications SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays Type

3SK1111, 3SK1211

3SK1112

3SK1120

3SK1121

3SK1122

3SK1213

3SK1220

mm mm mm

22.5 100 121.6

22.5 100 91.6

17.5 100 121.6

22.5 100 121.6

90 100 121.6

17.5 100 121.6

°C °C

-25 … +60 -40 … +80

Installation altitude at height above sea level maximum

2 000

Air pressure According to SN 31205

hPa 900 … 1 060 5 g /10 ms

10 g /11 ms

Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth

General data Ambient temperature • During operation • During storage

Shock resistance

10 g /11 ms

Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm

IP degree of protection of the enclosure

IP20

Touch protection against electric shock

Finger-safe

Insulation voltage, rated value

300

Rated impulse withstand voltage

4 000

500

4 000

500

4 000

800

Safety integrity level (SIL) According to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Performance Level (PL) According to ISO 13849-1

T1 value for proof test interval or service duration According to IEC 61508

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) EMC emitted interference Certificate of suitability • UL certification • TÜV approval

IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1, class B class A

Yes Yes

Type

3SK1111, 3SK1121-.AB40, 3SK1211

3SK1112, 3SK1122

3SK1120

3SK1121-.CB4.

3SK1213

3 3

6 10

Switching capacity Switching capacity current of the NO contacts of the relay outputs • at DC-13 at 24 V • at AC-15 at 230 V

A A

5 5

---

Switching capacity current of the semiconductor outputs • at DC-13 at 24 V

Type

0.5

3SK1111.AB30, 3SK1211

3SK1111.AW20

3SK1112, 3SK1220

3SK1120, 3SK1122.AB40

3SK1121.AB40

3SK1121.CB41

3SK1122.CB41

3SK1213

1.5 x 10-9

1.0 x 10-9

1.3 x 10-9

2.5 x 10-9

3.7 x 10-9

1.5 x 10-9

1.0 x 10-9

PFHd and PFDavg values Probability of a dangerous failure per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate according to EN 62061

1/h

1.7 x 10-9

Average probability of failure of the safety function upon demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate according to IEC 61508

1/h

1.0 x 10-6

7.0 x 10-6

Note: 3SK1230 technical specifications, see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885.

11/8

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

1.0 x 10-6

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays Article number

3SK2112-.AA10

3SK2122-.AA10

mm mm mm

22.5 100 124.5

°C °C

-20 ... +60 -40 ... +85

Installation altitude at height above sea level maximum

2 000

Air pressure According to SN 31205

kPa

90 ... 106

• Width • Height • Depth

Dimensions:

General data Ambient temperature • During operation • During storage

Shock resistance

15 g / 11 ms

Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6

5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm

IP degree of protection of the enclosure

IP20

Touch protection against electric shock

Finger-safe

Insulation voltage, rated value

Rated impulse withstand voltage

800

Safety integrity level (SIL) According to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Performance Level (PL) According to EN ISO 13849-1

T1 value for proof test interval or service duration According to IEC 61508

Class A

EMC emitted interference According to IEC 60947-1 Certificate of suitability • UL certification • TÜV approval

Yes Yes

Switching capacity Switching capacity current of the semiconductor outputs • at DC-13 at 24 V

Probability of a dangerous failure per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate according to EN 62061

1/h

1 x 10-8

1.2 x 10-8

Average probability of failure of the safety function upon demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate according to IEC 61508

1/h

1.5 x 10-5

1.8 x 10-5

PFHd and PFDavg values

Note: Manual "3SK2 Safety Relays", see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/9

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data Schematics 3SK1 Standard basic units A1+ T1 IN1 T2 IN2 T3 IN3 T4 INF/S 13 23 33 41

A1+ T1 IN1 T2 IN2 T4 INF/S

IC01_00275

IC01_00274

A2–

14 24 34 42

Basic unit 3SK1111-.AB30, Standard relay instantaneous (24 V AC/DC)

A2–

14 24 34 42

Basic unit 3SK1111-.AW20, Standard relay instantaneous (110 ... 240 V AC/DC) A1+ INK IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INF INS

A1+ INK T1 IN1 T2 IN2 INF INS

13 23 33 41

IC01_00277

IC01_00276

Q1 Q2

A2–

13 23 33 41

A2–

QM1

Basic unit 3SK1112-.BB40, Standard solid-state (24 V DC) A1+ INK IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INF INS

14 24 34 42

3SK1121-.AB40, Advanced relay instantaneous basic unit A1+ INK IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INF INS

13 23

37 47

14 24

38 48 IC01_00279

IC01_00278

A2–

Q1 Q2 Q3

A2–

3SK1121-.CB4, Advanced relay instantaneous basic unit A1+ INK IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INF INS

QM1

3SK1122-.AB40, Advanced solid-state instantaneous basic unit

A1+ INK IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INF INS

IC01_00280

Q1 Q2 Qt1 Qt2

A2–

3SK1122-.CB4, Advanced solid-state instantaneous basic unit

IC01_00281

A2–

3SK1120-.AB40, Advanced 17.5 mm solid-state instantaneous basic unit

Legend: A1, A2 = Power supply of the device

INS = Start circuit

13/14 bis 33/34 = Instantaneous enabling circuits, relays

INK = Cascading input

41/42 = Feedback contact

PAR = Parameterizing input (NO/NC monitoring)

T1, T2 = Test signal

Q1, Q2, Q3 = Instantaneous enabling circuit, solid-state

IN1, IN2 = Sensor input

QM1 = Signaling output, solid-state

INF = Feedback circuit

11/10

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data 3SK2 basic units A1+

F-IN1

F-IN3

F-IN5

F-IN7

F-IN9

F-IN2

F-IN4

F-IN6

F-IN8

F-IN10

24V+

IC01_00416

A2-

F-Q1

F-Q2

QM1

F-IN20

F-IN18

F-IN16

F-IN14

F-IN12

F-IN10

F-IN8

F-IN6

F-IN4

F-IN2

T2_2

T2_1

F-IN19

F-IN17

F-IN15

F-IN13

F-IN9

F-IN7

F-IN5

F-IN3

F-IN1

T1_2

T1_1

A1+ A1+

F-IN11

3SK2112 basic unit

24V+

IC01_00415

FE A2- A2- A2- F-Q1

F-Q2

F-Q3

F-Q4

QM1

QM2

3SK2122 basic unit Legend: A1, A2 = Power supply of the device FE = Functional ground T1, T2 = Test signal T1_1, T2_1 = First pair of test signals T2_1, T2_2 = Second pair of test signals F-IN1 to F-IN20 = Fail-safe sensor inputs 1 to 20 F-Q1 to F-Q4 = Fail-safe outputs, solid-state

QM1, QM2 = Signaling outputs, solid-state

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

11/11

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays General data Schematics Expansion units A1+

A1+ 13 23 33 43

14 24 34 44

A2–

IC01_00283

4RO 3SK1211 output expansion

13 23 33

14 24 34

A2–

IC01_00284

3RO 3SK1213 output expansion A1+

A2–

–

IC01_00286

IN1 T1 PAR IN2 T2 INS

IC01_00285

3SK1220 input expansion

3SK1230 power supply

Legend: A1, A2 = Power supply of the device

INS = Start circuit

13/14 to 43/44 = Instantaneous enabling circuits, relays

INK = Cascading input

41/42 to 51/52 = Feedback contact

PAR = Parameterizing input (NO/NC monitoring)

T1, T2 = Test signal

Q1, Q2 = Instantaneous enabling circuit, solid-state

IN1, IN2 = Sensor input

Qt1, Qt2 = Delayed enabling circuit, solid-state

INF = Feedback circuit

■ More information For the manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", see http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/67585885.

For "3SK2 safety relays" device manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386.

11/12

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Basic Units 3SK1 Standard basic units

■ Overview The 3SK111 Standard basic units are characterized by simple and variable functionality. These devices are recommended for safety functions requiring only a few sensors and a small number of outputs on the safety relay. Number of safe outputs Type and number of safe outputs Relays

Electronic

Instanta- TimeInstanta- Timeneous delayed neous delayed

Signal- Device ing cir- conneccuits tors

3SK1 Standard basic units 3

3SK1112-.BB40 --

3SK1111-.A..0 -- Not available

3SK111 Standard basic unit

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41L

3SK1111-1AB30

3SK1112-1BB40

3SK1111-1AW20

Rated control supply voltage Us

At 50 Hz At AC

At DC

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals (push-in) Article No.

Price per PU

}

3SK1111-1AB30

}

3SK1111-2AB30

110 … 240

3SK1111-1AW20

}

3SK1111-2AW20

3SK1112-1BB40

3SK1112-2BB40

Standard basic units with 3 safe relay outputs

Standard basic units with 2 safe semiconductor outputs --

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/13

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Basic Units SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units

■ Overview Number of safe outputs Type and number of safe outputs Relays

Electronic

Instanta- TimeInstanta- Timeneous delayed neous delayed

Signal- Device ing cir- conneccuits tors

3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK1120-.AB40 --

✓

3SK1121-.AB40 3

✓

3SK1122-.AB40 --

✓

3SK1121-.CB4. 3SK1122-.CB4. ✓ Available -- Not available

3SK112 Advanced basic unit

The 3SK112 Advanced basic units form an innovative system landscape that allows even complex safety functions with large numbers of sensors and outputs to be built up using the device connectors. It is possible to increase both the number of inputs for sensors and the number of safe outputs of the basic unit without the need for wiring between the devices.

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41L

3SK1121-1AB40

3SK1120-1AB40

Rated control Adjustable Number of outputs as supply OFF-delay time contacting contact voltage Us blocks at DC InstantaDelayed neous switching switching V

3SK1122-1CB41

3SK1122-1AB40 Number of outputs as contactless semiconductor contact block Instantaneous switching

Delayed switching

Screw terminals

Article No.

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals (push-in) Article No.

Price per PU

Advanced basic units with safe relay outputs 24

}

3SK1121-1AB40

}

3SK1121-2AB40

0.05 … 3

3SK1121-1CB41

3SK1121-2CB41

0.5 … 30

}

3SK1121-1CB42

3SK1121-2CB42

5 … 300

3SK1121-1CB44

3SK1121-2CB44

Advanced basic units with safe semiconductor outputs 24

3SK1120-1AB40

3SK1120-2AB40

3SK1122-1AB40

3SK1122-2AB40

0.05 … 3

3SK1122-1CB41

3SK1122-2CB41

0.5 … 30

3SK1122-1CB42

3SK1122-2CB42

5 … 300

3SK1122-1CB44

3SK1122-2CB44

11/14

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Basic Units SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

■ Overview 3SK2 basic units offer a large number of inputs and outputs despite their narrow design. In addition, demanding safety applications with several independent safety functions are also easy to implement. Powerful semiconductor outputs, as well as expandability with additional 3SK output expansions and 3RM1 failsafe motor starters using device connectors, offer flexible application options. In addition, flexible time functions and diagnostics options are also available. Number of safe outputs Type and number of Signaling safe outputs circuits Electronic

Electronic

Fail-safe outputs using device connectors

3SK2112-.AA10

3SK2122-.AA10

3SK2 basic units

3SK2 basic unit

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41L

3SK2112 Rated control supply voltage Us

3SK2122 Safety-related outputs 2-channel

Width

at DC

Article No.

Screw terminals

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals (push-in) Article No.

Price per PU

22.5

3SK2112-1AA10

3SK2112-2AA10

3SK2122-1AA10

3SK2122-2AA10

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

3SK2 basic units 24

11/15

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Expansion Units Output expansions

■ Overview 3SK1213 output expansion A 3SK1213 output expansion is used to expand the safe outputs of a basic unit by adding three safe outputs with high switching capacity. These outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 10 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. As with 3SK1211, it is also possible to connect the version with a 24 V DC control supply voltage to the 3SK1 and 3SK2 Advanced basic units on the 3ZY12 device connector. Note: It is only possible to expand the Standard basic units my means of wiring. Advanced basic units can be expanded using the 3ZY12 device connector. Number of safe outputs Type and number of safe outputs Relays

3SK121 output expansion

Electronic

Instanta- TimeInstanta- Timeneous delayed neous delayed

Signal- Device ing cir- conneccuits tors

3SK output expansions

3SK121 output expansions can be used to expand any 3SK basic device.

• 4RO

3SK1211 output expansion

• 3RO

A 3SK1211 output expansion is used to expand the safe circuits of a basic unit by adding another four safe circuits. These outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 5 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. In addition, devices with a 24 V DC control supply voltage can also be connected to 3SK1 and 3SK2 Advanced basic units using 3ZY12 device connectors.

■ Benefits • Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs • Simple expansion of instantaneous and time-delayed safe outputs of Advanced basic units via rear panel connection • Two further freely parameterizable trip functions for 3SK2 basic units • Expansion with power contacts for high AC-15/DC-13 currents in the control circuit • No safe output required in the evaluation unit to control the expansion modules • No wiring of the feedback circuit to the expansion modules is necessary • Shorter installation times • Less configuring and testing required

11/16

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

3SK1211 3SK1213

11)

✓2)

11)

✓2)

✓ Available -- Not available 1)

Feedback circuit.

For 24 V DC.

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Expansion Units Output expansions

■ Selection and ordering data PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41L

3SK1211-1BB00

3SK1213-1AB40

Rated control supply voltage Us

At 50 Hz At AC

At DC

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals (push-in) Article No.

Price per PU

3SK1211 output expansions with 4RO 24

3SK1211-1BB00

3SK1211-2BB00

}

3SK1211-1BB40

3SK1211-2BB40

110 ... 240

3SK1211-1BW20

3SK1211-2BW20

3SK1213 output expansions with 3RO 24

3SK1213-1AB40

3SK1213-2AB40

115

3SK1213-1AJ20

3SK1213-2AJ20

230

3SK1213-1AL20

3SK1213-2AL20

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/17

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Expansion Units Input expansions

■ Overview 3SK1220 input expansion The 3SK1220 input expansion allows additional sensors to be integrated easily and flexibly. The device monitors two 1-channel sensors or one 2-channel sensor, whatever their output technology (floating/single-ended). Note: The 3SK1220 sensor expansion can only be connected to the 3SK1 Advanced basic units using a 3ZY12 device connector. 3SK1230 power supply The 3SK1230 power supply makes the 3SK1 devices universally usable, whatever control supply voltage is to be used. Both devices can be combined with the 3SK112 basic units in the Advanced series without the need for wiring. Note: Alongside the 3ZY12 device connector, the 3SK1230 power supply can also be wired to act as a power supply for 3SK1 devices.

3SK1220 sensor expansion

With the input expansions • 3SK1220 sensor expansion and • 3SK1230 power supply the 3SK1 Advanced basic units can be made more flexible.

■ Benefits • Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs to suit the application • Universal use thanks to the wide range of adjustable parameters for sensor expansion (parameters as for 3SK1 Advanced basic units)

• A wide voltage range of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC allows the devices to be used worldwide • Low stock keeping due to little variance • Flexible expansion of the number of sensors without the need for additional wiring between the devices

■ Selection and ordering data

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 PS* = 1 unit PG = 41L

3SK1220-1AB40

3SK1230-1AW20

Version

Screw terminals Article No.

Price per PU

Spring-type terminals (push-in) Article No.

Price per PU

3SK1220 sensor expansions Sensor expansions for safety-related expansion of the 3SK1 Advanced basic units by adding a further 2-channel sensor or two 1-channel sensors

3SK1220-1AB40

3SK1220-2AB40

3SK1230-1AW20

3SK1230-2AW20

Note: Can only be used in conjunction with 3ZY12 device connectors, see page11/19.

3SK1230 power supplies Power supplies for supplying 3SK1 Advanced basic units via 3ZY12 device connectors at voltages of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

11/18

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Accessories

■ Overview The following accessories are available for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays: • Device connectors • Terminals • Sealing covers • Push-in lugs • Coding pins • Inscription labels • Tools

Additionally for 3SK2: • Connection cables (essential accessory) • USB PC cables and adapters • Diagnostics display • Memory module • Interface cover • Door adapter

Device connectors for 3SK112, 3SK12.. and 3SK2 The device connector enables several devices from 3SK/3RM1 systems to be interconnected, the last device in a system structure being set on a device termination connector. Device connectors are available in various versions specifically for 3SK safety relays: For type

Device connectors 3ZY1212-1BA00 (for 3SK1, width 17.5 mm)

Device termination connectors 3ZY1212-2BA00 (for 3SK1, width 22.5 mm)

3ZY1212-2GA00 (for 3SK2, width 22.5 mm)

3ZY1212-4GA01 (for 3SK2, width 45 mm)

3ZY1212-2DA00 (for 3SK1, width 22.5 mm)

3ZY1212-0FA01 (for 3SK1, set for enclosures > 45 mm)

3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK1120

✓

3SK1121

✓

3SK1122

✓

3SK2112

✓

3SK2122

✓

3SK1211

✓

3SK1213

✓

3SK1220

✓

3SK1230

✓

3SK2 basic units

Output expansions

Input expansions

✓ Available

-- Not available

Removable terminals for 3SK

For type

The following removable terminals are available for 3SK safety relays for the prewiring of terminals in the control cabinet or for terminal replacement: Removable terminals Screw terminals

Spring-type terminals (push-in)

2-pole 3ZY1121-1BA00

3-pole 3ZY1131-1BA00

2-pole 3ZY1121-2BA00

3-pole 3ZY1131-2BA00

3SK1111

✓

3SK1112

✓

3SK1120

✓

3SK1121

✓

3SK1122

✓ bottom

✓ top

✓ bottom

✓ top

3SK2112

✓

3SK2122

✓1)

3SK1211

✓

3SK1213

3SK1220

✓ top

3SK1230

✓ bottom

3SK1 basic units

3SK2 basic units

Output expansions

Input expansions

✓ Available -- Not available 1)

For 3SK2122 two terminal sets are required.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/19

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Accessories

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Article No.

• Width 17.5 mm

• Width 22.5 mm

• Width 22.5 mm • Width 45 mm

Device terminating connectors

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3ZY1212-1BA00

1 unit

41L

3ZY1212-2BA00

1 unit

41L

3ZY1212-2GA00

1 unit

41L

3ZY1212-4GA01

1 unit

41L

3ZY1212-2DA00

1 unit

41L

3ZY1212-0FA01

1 unit

41L

Device connectors for the electrical connection of SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure Device connectors for 3SK1

3ZY1212-1BA00 Device connectors for 3SK2

3ZY1212-4GA01 For 3SK1, width 22.5 mm Note: Observe positions of the slide switch, see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885 Device terminating connector set For 3SK1213, width > 45 mm, comprising 3ZY1212-2FA00 and 3ZY1210-2AA00 3ZY1212-2DA00

Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure Screw terminals

Removable terminals

• 2-pole, screw terminals up to 2 x 1.5 mm² or 1 x 2.5 mm² • 3-pole, screw terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm or 1 x 2.5 mm² 1)

3ZY1121-1BA00

6 units

41L

3ZY1131-1BA00

6 units

41L

Spring-type terminals (push-in)

3ZY1121-1BA00 • 2-pole, push-in terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm²

3ZY1121-2BA00

6 units

41L

• 3-pole, push-in terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm² 1)

3ZY1131-2BA00

6 units

41L

• Length 0.1 m (flat)

}

3UF7931-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Length 0.3 m (flat)

}

3UF7935-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Length 0.5 m (flat)

}

3UF7932-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Length 0.5 m (round)

}

3UF7932-0BA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Length 1.0 m (round)

}

3UF7937-0BA00-0

1 unit

42J

• Length 2.5 m (round)

}

3UF7933-0BA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7941-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7946-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

Connection cables for 3SK2 (essential accessory) Connection cable For connecting diagnostics module to 3SK2 basic unit

3UF7932-0AA00-0

PC cables and adapters for 3SK2 USB PC cables

3UF7941-0AA00-0

For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with 3SK2 through the system interface, recommended for use in connection with 3SK2 USB-to-serial adapters For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC

Two sets of terminals are required for 3SK2122.

11/20

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays Accessories Version

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3RK3611-3AA00

1 unit

42B

}

3UF7920-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

}

3UF7950-0AA00-0

5 units

42J

3RK3931-0AA00

1 unit

42C

• 17.5 mm (for 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)

3ZY1321-1AA00

5 units

41L

• 22.5 mm (for all 3SK1 devices except 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)

3ZY1321-2AA00

5 units

41L

Push-in lugs For wall mounting

3ZY1311-0AA00

10 units

41L

Coding pins A For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure. They enable the mechanical coding of terminals, see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays" , https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885

3ZY1440-1AA00

12 units

41L

3RT2900-1SB20

100 340 units

41B

Operating and monitoring modules for 3SK2 Diagnostics modules From product version E04 or higher, for direct display of errors, e.g. of cross-circuits

3RK3611-3AA00

Door adapters for 3SK2 Door adapters For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet 3UF7920-0AA00-0

Interface covers for 3SK2 Interface covers For system interface

3UF7950-0AA00-0

Memory modules for 3SK2 Memory modules For backing up the complete parameterization of the 3SK2 safety system without a PC/PG through the system interface 3RK3931-0AA00

Accessories for enclosures Sealing covers

3ZY1321-2AA00

3ZY1311-0AA00

3ZY1440-0AA00

Blank labels

IC01_00181

Unit labeling plates For SIRIUS devices 20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)

3RT2900-1SB20

Tools for opening spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals

3RA2908-1A 1)

Screwdrivers For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

PC labeling system for individual inscription of unit labeling plates available from:

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

3RA2908-1A

murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix"

1 unit

41B

➞ "External Partners".

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

11/21

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Safety Relays SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays

Notes

11/22

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Position and Safety Switches

Price groups PG 41K, 41L 12/2

SIRIUS 3SE6 non-contact safety switches Magnet 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches

12/3

Introduction

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Position and Safety Switches Introduction

■ Overview

Enclosure Plastic Metal Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Degree of protection Standards IEC 60947-5-3 Contact blocks/outputs Reed contacts

Special features LED status display Increased corrosion protection ASIsafe integrated Electrical specifications Insulation voltage Ui

Conventional thermal current Ith Connections M8 plug, 4-pole 8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole M12 plug, 4-pole Molded cables AS-Interface Actuators Switching magnet Page Complete units ASIsafe

3SE66, 3SE67

Magnetically operated switches, standard range

Magnetically operated switches, supplementary range in new design

✓ -M30; 25 x 88; 25 x 33 IP67

✓ -25 x 88; 26 x 36 IP67

✓

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)

1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) 2 NC 2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)

----

✓ ---

100 V AC/DC 24 V DC 250 mA 400 mA

75 V DC 50 V AC 250 mA

✓ --

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ --

-✓ --

✓

12/3 --

✓ Available -- Not available

Note: Safety characteristics see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "Standards and Approvals".

12/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches Magnet 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches

■ Overview

3SE66 contact blocks and 3SE67 switching magnets, standard range

3SE66 contact blocks and 3SE67 switching magnets, supplementary range in new design

A magnetically operated switch comprises a coded switching magnet and a contact block (sensor unit). The magnetically operated switch must be connected to a safety relay, e.g. SIRIUS 3SK1, or a bus system, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200SP, for evaluation. The switches use reed contacts as mechanical contacts. The status of the contacts is monitored by an evaluation unit.

Safety relays 3SK safety relays can be deployed anywhere in the world as they have been approved by all certification organizations. Since they satisfy the most exacting safety requirements, they are suitable for all kinds of safety application. The following are available: • 3SK1 Standard basic units: simple and compact to satisfy all the essential requirements of safety sensor monitoring systems • 3SK1 Advanced basic units: a multifunctional series with relay enabling circuits, semiconductor outputs or time-delay outputs • 3SK2 basic units: a multifunctional series with functions that are parameterized by software. The basic units feature semiconductor outputs. Relay outputs from the 3SK1 portfolio can also be connected to them by means of device connectors. • Expansion units for inputs and outputs The 3SE6806 safety relay is also available with two floating enabling circuits (safe circuits) as NO contact circuits and one floating signaling circuit as an NC contact circuit.

Standard range • Non-contact round, rectangular, small (25 mm x 33 mm) and larger (25 mm x 88 mm) versions • Small, compact, safe • Simple installation when sensor and actuator are aligned, covered mounting is also easy • Suitable for restricted spaces

Supplementary range • New design for rectangular shape • Enhanced scope of functions • Greater switching intervals and a larger horizontal or vertical displacement • Various mounting positions possible (e.g. at 90° offset) • SIL 3 and PL e diagnostics possible because devices have two safety contacts and one signaling contact • LED variant • Fast connection possible using plug-in variants

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

12/3

■ Benefits

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches Magnet 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches

■ Application SIRIUS 3SE6 magnetically operated switches are designed for mounting on movable protective guards (e.g. hoods, hinge switches, doors, etc.). Evaluation can be performed by means of a safety relay or through connection to a bus system. The 3SE66 non-contact, magnetically operated safety switches stand out due to their enclosed design with degree of protection IP67. Since they are coded, covered installation is not necessary. They are particularly suitable therefore for areas exposed to contamination, cleaning or disinfecting. A magnetic monitoring system comprises one or more magnetically operated switches and an evaluation unit, e.g. a safety relay. When contact blocks 1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) or 2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) are used, the 3SK safety relay, for example, provides a high degree of protection against manipulation and can be installed in safety circuits up to SIL 3 according to IEC 62061 and PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1.

Non-contact safety magnetically operated switches (with plug or cable) for right-hinged door

Non-contact safety magnetically operated switches (with plug or cable) for left-hinged door

Combination of monitoring units and magnetically operated switches

Monitoring units

Magnetically operated switches (contact block + switching magnet) --

Achievable SIL (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) Performance Level (EN ISO 13849-1)

1 NO + 1 NC 3SE6605-.BA..

2 NC 3SE6604-2BA..

1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) 3SE6606-3BA

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE6704-.BA

3SE6704-2BA

1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) 3SE6616-3CA01 3SE6626-3CA01

2 NC; 2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) 3SE6614-4CA01 3SE6624-4CA01 3SE6617-2CA01 3SE6627-2CA01 3SE6617-2CA04 3SE6627-2CA04

2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) 3SE6617-3CA01 3SE6627-3CA01 3SE6617-3CA04 3SE6627-3CA04

3SE6714-3CA 3SE6724-3CA

3SE6714-2CA 3SE6724-2CA

3SE6714-3CA 3SE6724-3CA

3SK1111 3SK1121, 3TK2826

-✓

✓ ✓

SIL 3 / PL e SIL 3 / PL e

3SK1112, 3SK1122 3SK2112, 3SK2122 3TK2845

✓ ✓ --

✓ ✓ ✓

ASIsafe compact safety 3RK1205, 3RK1405 modules

✓

SIL 3 / PL e SIL 3 / PL e SIL 3 / PL e SIL 3 / PL e

Modular Safety System (MSS)

3RK3

✓

SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC S7-1200F or SIMATIC S7-1500F

F-DI 16 x 24 V DC

✓

SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC ET 200SP PROFIsafe

4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC

✓

SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC ET 200eco

4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC

✓

SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC ET 200pro

8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC, ✓ 4/8 F-DI / 4 F-DO 2 A, 24 V DC, F-Switch

✓

SIL 3 / PL e

Relay outputs SIRIUS safety relays Solid-state outputs SIRIUS safety relays

✓ Suitable magnetically operated switch -- Not available

12/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

3SE6606-2BA04

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches Magnet 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches

■ Selection and ordering data Version

Size

Contacts

DT Article No.

M30

• With cable, 3 m

M30

1 NO + 1 NC

• With M12 plug, 4-pole

M30

1 NO + 1 NC

25 × 88

• With cable, 3 m

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3SE6704-1BA

1 unit

41K

3SE6605-1BA

1 unit

41K

3SE6605-1BA02

1 unit

41K

3SE6704-2BA

1 unit

41K

25 × 88

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC

A A C

3SE6605-2BA 3SE6604-2BA 3SE6606-2BA04

1 1 1

1 unit 1 unit 1 unit

41K 41K 41K

• With cable, 10 m

25 × 88

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

A A

3SE6605-2BA10 3SE6604-2BA10

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41K 41K

• With M8 plug, 4-pole

25 × 88

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

A A

3SE6605-2BA01 3SE6604-2BA01

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

41K 41K

Switching magnets (coded)

25 × 33

3SE6704-3BA

1 unit

41K

25 × 33

1 NO + 1 NC

Standard range - round sensor units Switching magnets (coded)

3SE6704-1BA Contact blocks

3SE6505-1BA

Standard range - rectangular sensor units Switching magnets (coded)

3SE6704-2BA Contact blocks

3SE660.-2BA

Contact blocks • With cable, 3 m 3SE660.-3BA

3SE6605-3BA

1 unit

41K

• With cable, 5 m

3SE6605-3BA05

1 unit

41K

• With cable, 10 m

3SE6605-3BA10

1 unit

41K

• With cable, 15 m

3SE6605-3BA15

1 unit

41K

25 × 33

1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) A

3SE6606-3BA

1 unit

41K

25 x 88

3SE6714-2CA

1 unit

41K

3SE6724-2CA

1 unit

41K

2 NC

3SE6614-4CA01

1 unit

41K

• 8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole

2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6617-2CA01

1 unit

41K

• With cable, 3 m

2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6617-2CA04

1 unit

41K

3SE6714-3CA

1 unit

41K

3SE6724-3CA

1 unit

41K

1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) X X 2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6616-3CA01 3SE6617-3CA01

1 unit

41K

1 unit

41K

2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6617-3CA04

1 unit

41K

• With cable, 1 m

Supplementary range in new design Rectangular sensor units for left-hinged door Switching magnets (coded) • Same level

• 90° offset

3SE6714-2CA Contact blocks • With M8 plug, 4-pole, with LED

25 × 88

3SE6614-4CA01 Switching magnets (coded) • Same level

26 x 36

• 90° offset 3SE6714-3CA Contact blocks • 8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole

26 × 36

• With cable, 3 m

3SE6616-3CA01 1)

The second NC is a signaling contact, not a safety contact.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

12/5

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches Magnet 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches Version

Size

Contacts

DT Article No.

X X

2 NC

• 8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole • With cable, 3 m

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3SE6714-2CA

1 unit

41K

3SE6724-2CA

1 unit

41K

3SE6624-4CA01

1 unit

41K

2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6627-2CA01

1 unit

41K

2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6627-2CA04

1 unit

41K

3SE6714-3CA

1 unit

41K

3SE6724-3CA

1 unit

41K

1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) X 2 NC + 1 NC1) X

3SE6626-3CA01 3SE6627-3CA01

1 unit

41K

1 unit

41K

2 NC + 1 NC1)

3SE6627-3CA04

1 unit

41K

25 × 88

3SX3260

1 unit

41K

25 × 33

3SX3261

1 unit

41K

3SX5601-3GA05

1 unit

41K

25 × 88

3SX5600-2GA01

1 unit

41K

26 × 36

3SX5600-2GA02

1 unit

41K

Supplementary range in new design Rectangular sensor units for right-hinged door Switching magnets (coded) • Same level

25 x 88

• 90° offset

3SE6714-2CA Contact blocks • With M8 plug, 4-pole, with LED

25 × 88

3SE6624-4CA01 Switching magnets (coded) • Same level

26 x 36

• 90° offset 3SE6714-3CA Contact blocks • 8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole

26 × 36

• With cable, 3 m 3SE6626-3CA01

Accessories for standard range Spacers

3SX3260

3SX3261 Couplings With connecting cable, 5 m

• With M8 socket, 4-pole

Accessories for supplementary range in new design Spacers

3SX5600-2GA01

3SX5600-2GA02 Couplings With connecting cable, 5 m

12/6

• With M8 socket, 4-pole

3SX5601-3GA05

1 unit

41K

• With 8 mm socket ∅, 8 mm, latching connection, 6-pole

3SX5601-4GA05

1 unit

41K

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

漏 Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches Magnet 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches Version

Rated control voltage

NumEnabling/ ber of signaling sensors circuits

DT Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

Monitoring units 3SK1 safety relays Standard or Advanced basic units With relay output With semiconductor output

24 V DC 24 V DC

3 NO/1 NC

}

3SK1111-1AB30

1 unit

41L

61)

3 NO/1 NC

}

3SK1121-1AB40

1 unit

41L

2 x F-DQ/1 QM A

3SK1112-1BB40

1 unit

41L

3SK1111-1AB30

3SK2 safety relays Basic units With semiconductor output

24 V DC

2 x F-DQ/1 QM A

3SK2112-1AA10

1 unit

41L

4 x F-DQ/2 QM A

3SK2122-1AA10

1 unit

41L

2 NO / 1 NC

3SE6806-2CD00

1 unit

41K

3SK2112-1AA10

3SE68 safety relays With relay output, 6-fold

24 V DC

3SE6806-2CD00 1)

Only when up to 5 3SK1220 expansion units are used, see Chapter 11 "Safety Technology".

For more monitoring units, see Chapter 11 "Safety Technology", Catalog IC 10 and Catalog IK PI.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

12/7

漏 Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches Magnet

Notes

12/8

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Commanding and Signaling Devices

13/2

Introduction

13/4

SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights General data

Note: Conversion tool, e.g. from 3SB3 to 3SU1, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Commanding and Signaling Devices Introduction

■ Overview

3SU1.0

3SU1.3

3SU1.5

3SU1.6

22 mm Plastic

22 mm Plastic with metal front ring, matte

22 mm Metal, shiny

30 mm Metal, matte, flat

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ---

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ --✓ ✓

--------

✓ ✓

✓ --

✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Pushbuttons and indicator lights Designs Nominal diameter Version Actuators Pushbuttons Illuminated pushbuttons Mushroom pushbuttons EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons Selector switches Key-operated switches Special actuators Twin pushbuttons Coordinate switches Toggle switches Sensor switches ID key-operated switches Pushbuttons with extended stroke Potentiometers Indicators Indicator lights Acoustic signaling devices Contact modules Single-pole Two-pole LED modules With integrated LED Connections Screw terminals Spring-type terminals Solder pins AS-Interface IO-Link

✓ Standard -- Not available

Note: Safety characteristics (see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015, "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Appendix).

13/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Commanding and Signaling Devices Introduction

3SU18

Enclosures

Two-hand operation consoles

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

❏ ❏ ✓ ✓ ❏ ❏

✓ ✓

❏ ❏

✓ --

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ❏ ✓

✓ ❏ ❏ ❏

Enclosures Plastic Metal Actuators Pushbuttons Illuminated pushbuttons Mushroom pushbuttons EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons Selector switches Key-operated switches Indicators Indicator lights Acoustic signaling devices Contact modules Single-pole Two-pole Connections Screw terminals Spring-type terminals Plug-in connection AS-Interface ✓ Standard -- Not available ❏ Optional

AS-Interface solutions

PROFINET solutions

Pushbuttons and indicator lights of the SIRIUS ACT series can be connected to the AS-Interface communication system quickly and easily with the help of various solutions.

SIRIUS ACT devices will be equipped in future with a direct communication interface to PROFINET and PROFIsafe.

AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850 Using special modules, EMERGENCY STOP devices according to ISO 13850 can be directly connected through the standard AS-Interface with safety-related communication (see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015 "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Chapter 13).

RFID authentication solutions Groups of employees or individuals can be authenticated by means of the ID key-operated switch. Color-coded keys for easy distinction between users and flexible in application thanks to four function stages.

For AS-Interface solutions, see catalog IK PI "Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET".

AS-Interface enclosures Enclosures with standard fittings are listed in this catalog. The elements for equipping customized enclosures must be selected by means of the SIRIUS ACT Configurator (see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015 "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Chapter 13).

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

13/3

SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights General data

■ Overview Standards • IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 • IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 • IEC 60947-5-5, EN 60947-5-5 for EMERGENCY STOP devices Versions SIRIUS ACT is available in four versions: • Plastic, 22 mm, round, black • Plastic with metal front ring, 22 mm, round, matte • Metal with metal front ring, 22 mm, round, shiny • Metal with metal front ring, 30 mm, flat, round, matte

SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

SIRIUS ACT is a modular system of pushbuttons and indicator lights for front plate mounting and rear-mounted electrical modules. Complete units made up of an actuating or signaling element and contact modules and/or LED modules are offered for the most frequent application cases.

One command point comprises: • An actuating or signaling element in front of the control panel • A holder for securing behind the control panel • Up to six contact modules and/or one LED module (mounted onto the holder), single-pole contacts can be stacked • A comprehensive range of accessories for inscription/marking Acoustic signaling devices, potentiometers with operating mechanism, sensor switches, pushbuttons with extended stroke, and basic indicator lights are available as compact units. The electrical parts are integrated and only have to be wired.

On the new compact units, the electrical module is permanently installed and is only secured by the holder.

Compact units

Complete units 3 4

IC01_00422

2 IC01_00423

1 Actuator 1

2 Holder

1 Actuating element with integrated electronics 2 Holder

3 LED module 1

Design of a complete unit

13/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

4 NO contact

Design of a compact unit

漏 Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights General data 13

1 12

19 2 15

17 9 10

1 Pushbuttons

6 EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons

10 Twin pushbutton, label holder, label

2 Mushroom pushbuttons

Front plate mounting 14 Contact modules

Base mounting 18 Contact modules

7 EMERGENCY STOP backing plate

11 Coordinate switch, label holder, label

15 LED modules

19 LED modules

16 AS-Interface modules

20 IO-Link module

3 Selector switches 4 Key-operated switch

8 Key-operated switch with key

5 Indicator light

9 Electronic module for ID key-operated switches

12 Label holder, label

21 AS-Interface module

13 Holder 17 Enclosures

IC01_00424

System overview of SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

13/5

SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights General data Functionality

Configurator

Easy handling • Self-holding function of the actuator when mounting • Twist prevention integrated into patented holder design • Stackable contact modules Rugged against environmental influences • IP69K degree of protection • Modules with explosion protection certified according to ATEX • Service life of 100 000 hours thanks to use of LEDs • Mechanical service life of 10 x 106 switching cycles • Reliable, friction-locked fixing with just one screw A high level of communication • Direct connection of the enclosure to AS-Interface or IO-Link • Direct connection in the control cabinet to PROFINET, IO-Link or AS-Interface Contact modules and LED modules The contact modules are fitted with slow-action contacts (NO contacts or NC contacts) with double operating moving contacts. These ensure a high switching reliability even with small voltages and currents, such as 5 V/1 mA. They are suitable for use in electronic systems as well as conventional controls. The contact pieces of the NC contacts are positively driven. Only LED modules with permanently integrated LEDs are available for illumination. Contact modules and LED modules bear terminal designations acc. to EN 50013 Mounting the modules With SIRIUS ACT, the modules are mounted on the holder without any further accessories. Holders in plastic or metal versions are available for mounting three modules. Holders for four modules are available for coordinate switches and toggle switches with four switch positions. Connection methods The modules are available with: • Screw terminals • Spring-type terminals or • Solder pin connections (0.8 mm × 0.8 mm solder pins) for assembly on printed-circuit boards

■ More information

For more information, see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015, "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights" or the Industry Mall.

13/6

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

SIRIUS ACT Configurator

• Fast, simple selection by intuitive navigation through clearlyorganized menus • Preview of selected components • Inscription of pushbuttons and labeling plates using the interactive inscription tool • Once created, a configuration can be ordered as often as required using the customer-specific article number and the CIN (Configuration Identification Number) • Product data sheets, certificates, dimensional drawings, list prices, inscription tool Configurator, see: www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS

Price groups PG 42B, 42J 14/2

Introduction

14/4

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

14/9

SIRIUS Safety ES

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information. Article-No. 3RA1943-2C 3RA1943-2B 3RA1953-2B 3RA1953-2N

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/ product?3RA1943-2C

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS Introduction

■ Overview Engineering software

SIRIUS ES engineering software (E-SW)

Intuitive, efficient and future-proof – the engineering programs of the SIRIUS ES software family The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family enable:

• Intuitive engineering from the word go The SIRIUS ES programs enable you to focus on your engineering task. Thanks to the intuitive layout and simple navigation, a clearly arranged configuring of device functions and their parameters is possible – online and offline. The task- and user-oriented portal views as well as the flexible screen layout, the uniform look and feel for all program editors and finally the graphic network and device configuration provide support. • Efficient parameterization for quick success Faster start up is achieved by the use of local and global libraries. The joint hardware configuration for all components in the application also assists in the efficient parameterization and simple networking of system components. Not least, integrated system diagnostics offers fast troubleshooting and efficient fault analysis, thus making it possible to shorten startup times even further and to minimize production downtimes. • Future-oriented basis for innovative results All future product developments are seamlessly integrated into the TIA Portal. Investments made up to now are still safe tomorrow. To harmonize engineering in all performance classes, the SIRIUS ES programs in TIA Portal are scalable and upwardly compatible. In the event of an upgrade, existing projects can easily be transferred and integrated into the next product level. Even existing SIRIUS ES projects in version 2007 can easily be migrated to the TIA Portal software version. The next generation of SIRIUS ES programs, such as SIMOCODE ES V13 (TIA Portal), is based on the central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), which provides the user with a consistent, efficient and intuitive solution for all automation tasks. Thus, the TIA Portal is also the integrated working environment for the programs in the SIRIUS software family. The same operator control concept, the elimination of interfaces and a high degree of user-friendliness make it possible to quickly integrate SIRIUS devices into an automation process and start them up with the TIA Portal. Besides SIMOCODE ES Version 13, which is based on the central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), the 2007 version of the software continues to be available for commissioning, operation and diagnostics of SIMOCODE pro.

14/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

The SIRIUS ES programs such as Motor Starter ES, Soft Starter ES, SIRIUS Safety ES and SIMOCODE ES are available in three versions which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions and price: • Basic The Basic version contains all basic functions that are needed to parameterize devices. These include both parameterization functions and also operator control, diagnostics and test functions. • Standard The Standard version contains the basic functionality plus standard functions. The standard functions include parameterization with the aid of integrated graphic editors, creation of typicals, parameter export, analog value recording and parameter comparison. • Premium The Premium versions contain the complete functionality of the software package. Besides the standard functionality, this includes communication functions such as access via PROFIBUS/PROFINET and S7 routing. Note: The scope of functions depends on the SIRIUS ES program, for details, see the descriptions of the individual products.

Efficient engineering and startup with graphic user interfaces and simple network and device configuration

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS Introduction Types of delivery and licenses The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family are available as follows: • Floating license – the license for any one user at any one time - Authorizes any one user - Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single license which is allowed to be installed once only) - Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed • Combo license – license for parallel use - Licensed parallel use of the TIA Portal version and SIRIUS ES Version 2007 - For all other properties such as floating license • Trial License (free use of all program functions for 14/21 days for test and evaluation purposes, included on every product CD/DVD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program in the Service&Support portal)

The following delivery versions are also available for the programs of the SIRIUS ES software family: • Upgrade Switching from an old to a new version with expanded functions, e.g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to Motor Starter ES 2007 • Powerpack Special pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard to Premium • Software Update Service To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service which supplies you automatically with all service packs and upgrades within the SIRIUS ES 2007/2008 and SIRIUS ES (TIA Portal) programs • License/software download Simply download your new software and license key from the Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the license or software you have ordered. For more information, see www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.

Article number scheme for the engineering software Digit of the Article No.

1st - 4th 5th 6th 7th @@@@

SIRIUS engineering software

8th 9th 10th 11th 12th –

13th 14th 15th 16th –

Software type

Package designation 1

Package designation 2

Package designation 3

Hardware, operating system

Data carriers

Serial number

Function status Product category

0 @

Language

Delivery versions

License type Example

3ZS1

–

System networking requires suitable protective measures (including network segmentation for IT security) in order to ensure safe plant operation. More information about the subject of Industrial Security, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

14/3

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

■ Overview

Selecting the SIMOCODE pro device configuration in SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

Parameterize easily and ergonomically with the CFC-based graphics editor of SIMOCODE ES V13

SIMOCODE ES is the central software for configuration, startup, operation and diagnostics of SIMOCODE pro.

Online functions for startup and diagnostics To this end, SIMOCODE ES provides powerful functions for startup and diagnostics of motor feeders. Besides a detailed display of status information and the causes of faults, all available measurement and statistics data can be retrieved online. Access to the fault and event memory and also to analog values recorded on the device, e.g. current or voltage, is also possible.

Version 13, which is based on the central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), is available in addition to SIMOCODE ES Version 2007. SIMOCODE ES V13 is integrated seamlessly when further TIA Portal-based software exists such as STEP 7 or WinCC, thus enabling users to achieve a consistent, efficient and intuitive solution for all automation tasks. But also users of SIMOCODE ES V13 as standalone software will benefit from its advantages. Three program versions The user can choose between three different versions of SIMOCODE ES: SIMOCODE ES Basic, SIMOCODE ES Standard and SIMOCODE ES Premium. While SIMOCODE ES Basic is a powerful tool for startup or maintenance personnel, SIMOCODE ES Standard and Premium are the perfect tools for engineers or configuration engineers on account of their larger scope of functions and integrated graphics editor. Unlike the Standard version, SIMOCODE ES Premium also permits parameterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS/PROFINET. Indication of all operating, service and diagnostics data supplies important information about the current state of the motor and plant at all times – everywhere on PROFIBUS/PROFINET.

Working with libraries Users can create copy templates for SIMOCODE pro device configuration and can manage them in global or project libraries. Thus, individual modules and diagrams and also complete device configurations can be saved as reusable elements for frequently occurring tasks. Integrated graphics editor The graphics editor is a part of SIMOCODE ES Standard and SIMOCODE ES Premium. It is based on the Continuous Function Chart (CFC) and adds a powerful tool to the parameterizing interface that enables easy parameterization of devices by Drag&Drop. Extremely compact documentation of all configured parameters is possible, as is the graphic online presentation of the configured device functions including all signal states during operation.

14/4

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Startup functions of SIMOCODE ES V13

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) Trend display of measured values

Types of delivery and license

With this online function, SIMOCODE ES Standard or Premium can present the trend of up to five different measured values. It is thus possible for example to record and evaluate the startup characteristic of a motor or its behavior in different load conditions.

SIMOCODE ES V13 is available with the following licenses: • Floating license – the license for any one user at any one time - Authorizes any one user - Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single license which is allowed to be installed once only) - Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed - Trial license (free use of all program functions for 21 days for test and evaluation purposes, included on every product DVD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program in the Service & Support portal) • Combo license - license for parallel use - Licensed parallel use of the TIA Portal version and SIRIUS ES Version 2007 - For all other properties, see floating license The following delivery versions are also available for SIMOCODE ES V13: • Upgrade Upgrade of an old version to a new version with expanded functions, e.g. upgrade from SIMOCODE ES 2007 to SIMOCODE ES V13; includes a combo license for parallel use of SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V13

Live trend display of SIMOCODE ES V13

Efficient engineering with three program versions SIMOCODE ES V13

Basic

Standard Premium

Access through the local interface on the device

✓

Parameter assignment in list form

✓

✓ ✓

Parameter printing in list form

✓

Operating

✓

Diagnostics

✓

Test

✓

Service data

✓

Analog value recording1)

✓

Trend display of measured values

✓

Parameterizing with convenient graphical display

✓

Parameterizing with the integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

✓

Printing of diagrams

✓

Parameter comparison

✓

Access through PROFIBUS/PROFINET

✓

Teleservice through MPI

✓

S7 routing

✓

• Powerpack Special pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack SIMOCODE ES V13 Premium for switching from Standard to Premium • Software Update Service To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service which supplies you automatically with all service packs and upgrades • License/software download Simply download your new software and license key from the Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the license or software you have ordered. For more information, see www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery

✓ Function available -- Function not available 1)

For SIMOCODE pro V.

Additional functions

SIMOCODE ES V13 offers numerous advantages of the TIA Portal that can be used in an integrated working environment. • Seamless integration when using other TIA Portal-based software such as STEP 7 or WinCC. Thus, for example, the configuration for devices and networks for all components used is created in a standardized environment. • Working with libraries Users can create copy templates for device configuration and can manage them in global libraries. In this way, frequently used functions can be managed in a clearly structured fashion.

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

14/5

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) System requirements SIMOCODE ES V13 parameterization, startup and diagnostics software for SIMOCODE pro Operating system

Windows 7 32/64-bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1), Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server 2008 R2 (Service Pack 1) Windows 8.1, 64-bit Professional/Enterprise

Processor

≥ 3.3 GHz (Core i5-320M)

RAM

≥ 8 GB

Monitor resolution

≥ 15.6" wide screen display (1920 x 1080)

Graphics card

≥ 32 MB RAM, 24-bit color intensity

Free space on hard disk

≥ 300 GB SSD

CD-ROM/DVD drive

DVD-ROM (only when installing from DVD)

Interface

Depends on PC cable: serial (COM) or USB

PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable

Yes, USB

PROFIBUS interface

Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS

Ethernet interface

Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through Ethernet/PROFINET

■ Benefits

• Easy parameterization with the graphics editor based on the Continuous Function Chart (CFC) reduces engineering work and shortens start up times • Clear plant documentation by means of graphic presentation • Detailed information, also when there are faults, is a help for maintenance personnel and shortens downtimes • Universally applicable through stand-alone version or seamless integration into the central engineering framework when other TIA Portal-based software such as STEP 7 or WinCC are available • Parameter changes are also possible during normal operation • Users can create copy templates for device configurations and can manage them in global libraries

14/6

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

■ Selection and ordering data Parameterization and service software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 • Delivered without PC cable Note: SIMOCODE ES V12 licenses can also be used for SIMOCODE ES V13. Version

Article No.

• Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick, Class A

}

• License key download, Class A

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5

1 unit

42J

}

3ZS1322-4CE11-0YB5

1 unit

42J

• Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick, Class A

}

3ZS1322-5CC11-0YA5

1 unit

42J

• License key download, Class A

}

3ZS1322-5CE11-0YB5

1 unit

42J

Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007

3ZS1322-5CC11-0YE5

1 unit

42J

3ZS1322-5CC11-0YD5

1 unit

42J

}

3ZS1322-5CC11-0YL5

1 unit

42J

SIMOCODE ES V13 Basic Floating License for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/ Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface)

3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5

SIMOCODE ES V13 Standard Floating License for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/ Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based) 3ZS1322-5CC11-0YA5

For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming software version of SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, online functions through system interface, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

Notes: Please order PC cable separately, see page 14/8. For description of the software versions, see page 14/5.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

14/7

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) Version

Article No.

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

SIMOCODE ES V13 Premium Floating License for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/ Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based) 3ZS1322-6CC11-0YA5

• Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of } SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick, Class A

3ZS1322-6CC11-0YA5

1 unit

42J

• License key download, Class A

}

3ZS1322-6CE11-0YB5

1 unit

42J

Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007

3ZS1322-6CC11-0YE5

1 unit

42J

3ZS1322-6CC11-0YD5

1 unit

42J

}

3ZS1322-6CC11-0YL5

1 unit

42J

}

3ZS1322-6CE11-0YG8

1 unit

42J

Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, license key on USB stick, Class A, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/ Spanish/Chinese), combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of SIRIUS ES, for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based) Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V13 Standard Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/ Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based) Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming software version of SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

SIMOCODE ES V13 software download Trial license, Class A Engineering software, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/ Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

Notes: Please order PC cable separately, see Accessories.

For description of the software versions, see page 14/5.

■ Accessories DT

Article No.

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

USB PC cables

}

3UF7941-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7946-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

Version

Price per PU

Optional accessories For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with SIMOCODE ES through the system interface 3UF7941-0AA00-0

USB-to-serial adapters For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with SIMOCODE ES

14/8

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIRIUS Safety ES

■ Overview SIRIUS Safety ES is the engineering software for the configuration, startup and diagnostics of the 3RK3 Modular Safety System and 3SK2 safety relays. The software combines the configuring of the hardware, the parameterization of the safety functions, and the testing and diagnostics of the safety system. Hardware configuration The equipment configuration of the 3RK3 or 3SK2 systems is defined in the configuration dialog. The available modules are simply selected from the clearly organized hardware catalog and placed in the work space. Depending on the device system used (3RK3 or 3SK2), only the permissible devices for the relevant system are visible in the hardware catalog. For greater clarity, the configuration is represented in graphical form. Furthermore, the data volume on the AS-i bus for 3RK3 devices is either calculated online or configured manually from the AS-i library. An equipment identifier can be optionally assigned to each module. This identifier is then also displayed in the logic diagram in order to identify inputs and outputs.

The safety logic can be divided into several diagrams in order to enable structured processing of the entire plant. The user can freely position the functions on a quasi infinitely large drawing board, whereby the connecting lines are drawn automatically. If there is not enough space, more pages are automatically added to the diagram in horizontal or vertical direction. Connecting lines extending over several pages are automatically issued with cross-references during print-out. If required in the interest of clarity, the user can divide a connecting line manually into two segments, whereby the mutual reference is marked by reference arrows. For further documentation, freely compilable comment texts can be placed at any point in the diagram. Every point in the logic diagram can be processed with ease by dragging and zooming. Every project can be saved as a file and be password-protected from unauthorized access.

Processing the safety functions in the graphics editor

Graphic parameterizing of the safety logic by Drag & Drop The functionality of the safety logic is laid down with a graphics editor designed for intuitive operation. Safe monitoring functions (EMERGENCY-STOP, non-contact protective devices/light arrays, protective doors, etc.), output functions and logic functions (AND/OR operations, counting function, time functions, etc.), non-safety-related input/output functions, device status functions and control functions can be dragged from the extensive functions catalog into the work space by Drag&Drop. Depending on the version, each function has several input and output connecting points through which the functions can be interconnected by simple mouse clicks. Double-clicking on a function symbol opens the related features dialog window in which all the parameters can be displayed and configured: Scope of the function's inputs and outputs, configuring the channel type (single-/two-channel, NC contact/NO contact), activating cross-circuit detection, defining start options, assigning the hardware inputs and outputs, etc. Of course each function can be issued with an individual name so that e.g. the position of a safety switch in the plant can be documented.

AS-Interface Evaluation of the AS-i slaves connected to the AS-i bus is also parameterized using the tried and tested method described above. In order to be able to use the AS-i functionalities, a 3RK3 Advanced or 3RK3 ASIsafe (basic/extended) central unit must be used.

Definition of the hardware layout

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

14/9

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIRIUS Safety ES User prompting during start up and maintenance To start up the relevant safety system, the created project file is uploaded to the device. There are two ways of doing this: • Connect the serial (COM) or USB interface of the PC to the device using an appropriate connection cable. • Use the DP interface to download the parameterization through any PROFIBUS node. Access to the device can be password-protected. After the project is loaded, the user switches the device by means of the software from configuring mode to test mode in which the safety functions can be tested. Activating the diagnostics shows the status of the individual functions in the graphic logic diagram by means of different colors and symbols. In addition, more detailed information about each function element can be displayed in the logic diagram. For the purpose of testing the logic diagram, it is also possible to manually overwrite the signal state of each function element ("forcing"). If the test is completed successfully, the user releases the configuration and switches the device to safety mode, in which case "forcing" is automatically deactivated. Service personnel can activate the graphic diagnostics in safety mode as well. The I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data saved in the device facilitate maintenance. Efficient engineering with three program versions SIRIUS Safety ES

Basic

Standard Premium

Access through the local interface on the device

✓

Parameterization

✓

Operating

✓

Diagnostics

✓

Test

✓

Integrated graphics editor

✓

Importing/exporting parameters

✓

Comparison functions

✓

Comfort functions

✓

Terminal designator

✓

Work on sub-diagrams

✓

Standard-compliant printout according to EN ISO 7200

✓

Downloading parameterization through PROFIBUS

✓

Online diagnostics using PROFIBUS

✓

Creating, importing and exporting macros

✓

✓ Function available

-- Function not available

14/10

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Additional functions • The program interface language can be switched during use between German, English and French • A context-sensitive help function provides useful assistance with questions concerning the use of the program • A consistency check informs clearly about function assignment errors. Checks are carried out automatically when a project is saved and during the configuration test, but they can also be initiated manually • Lists of symbols and cross-references can be output for effective processing of the project file • Standard-compliant printouts The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family make machine documentation far easier. They enable parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200. The elements to be printed are easy to select and group as required. Types of delivery and licenses SIRIUS Safety ES is available with the following licenses: • Floating license - Package contains the software on CD and a floating license on a USB stick - The software can be installed on any number of PCs - The floating license enables the software to be used by 1 user; after use, it can be transferred from the one PC to another - The CD also contains a trial license for test and evaluation purposes (free use of all program functions on any PC for a period of 14 days). The following delivery versions are additionally available for SIRIUS Safety ES: • Powerpack Special pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack SIRIUS Safety ES for switching from Basic to Standard and from Standard to Premium. • License download Simply download your new software and license key from the Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the license or software you have ordered. For more information, see www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery. The software can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet (without floating license), see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/21192/dl. The download file also contains a trial license for test and evaluation purposes that allows free use of all program functions for a period of 14 days. A floating license is needed to use the software after the 14 days.

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIRIUS Safety ES System requirements SIRIUS Safety ES parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software Operating system

Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or 3), Windows 7 32/64 bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1)

Processor

≥ Pentium 800 MHz/≥ 1 GHz (Windows 7)

RAM

≥ 512 MB (Windows XP Professional)/≥ 1 GB (Windows 7 32-bit)/ ≥ 2 GB (Windows 7 64-bit)

Monitor resolution

≥ 1024 x 768

Free space on hard disk

≥ 280 MB

CD-ROM/DVD drive

Yes (only when installing from CD)

Interface

USB

PC cables for PC/PG communication

Yes

■ Benefits

• Convenient parameterization, operation, monitoring and testing by means of a user-friendly and clear-cut user interface • Reliable diagnostic tool • All functions, such as safety and logic functions, are available as modules, and are easy to link to one another. • Automatic creation of comprehensive documentation of safety functions

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

14/11

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS SIRIUS Safety ES

■ Selection and ordering data SIRIUS Safety ES parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software • Delivered without PC cable Version

Article No.

A }

• License key on USB stick, Class A • License key download, Class A Powerpack for SIRIUS Safety ES Basic to Standard

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3ZS1316-4CC10-0YA5 3ZS1316-4CE10-0YB5

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42B 42B

B }

3ZS1316-5CC10-0YA5 3ZS1316-5CE10-0YB5

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42B 42B

3ZS1316-5CC10-0YD5

1 unit

42B

• License key on USB stick, Class A • License key download, Class A

B }

3ZS1316-6CC10-0YA5 3ZS1316-6CE10-0YB5

1 1

1 unit 1 unit

42B 42B

Powerpack for SIRIUS Safety ES Standard to Premium

3ZS1316-6CC10-0YD5

1 unit

42B

SIRIUS Safety ES Basic Floating License for one user Engineering software in limited-function version for diagnostics purposes, software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface • License key on USB stick, Class A • License key download, Class A

3ZS1316-4CC10-0YA5

SIRIUS Safety ES Standard Floating License for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface

3ZS1316-5CC10-0YA5

Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface

SIRIUS Safety ES Premium Floating License for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface, online diagnostics via PROFIBUS, creating, importing and exporting macros

3ZS1316-6CC10-0YA5

Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface, online diagnostics via PROFIBUS, creating, importing and exporting macros

Notes: Please order PC cable separately, see Accessories.

For description of the software versions, see page 14/10.

■ Accessories Version

Article No.

USB PC cables

}

Price per PU

PU (UNIT, SET, M)

PS*

3UF7941-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

3UF7946-0AA00-0

1 unit

42J

Optional accessories

3UF7941-0AA00-0

For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with 3RK3 and 3SK2 through the system interface, recommended for use in connection with 3RK3 and 3SK2 USB/serial adapters For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC

■ More information SIRIUS Safety ES Programming and Operating Manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109444445.

14/12

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Illustrations are approximate

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Subject index

16/4

Article number index

16/7

Conditions of sale and delivery

16/2

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Appendix Subject index A Accessories for motor control center • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

Connection cables • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/20 • for SIMOCODE pro ................................ 10/17

Adapters for operator panel • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/40

Addressing plugs • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17

Contact blocks • for magnetically operated switches 12/5, 12/6

Assembly kits • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/44

Coupling relays, SIRIUS 3RQ3 • Accessories ............................................. 5/10 • Slim design ................................... 5/3 ... 5/10

ATEX • SIMOCODE pro ........................................10/2 Auxiliary switch blocks • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/40

Customer assembly • of fused load feeders ................................. 8/4 • of fuseless load feeders.............................. 8/4

Auxiliary switches • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/39

G Galvanic isolation plates • for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays ............. 5/10 • for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters ...... 10/26

I Interface covers • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/21 • for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/17 IO-Link ............................................... 2/2 ... 2/12 • Communication overview ........................... 2/3 • Software ..................................................... 2/8 • Specification .............................................. 2/9 • System components ........................ 2/3 ... 2/8

B Bus cable for backplane bus (Ethernet connection) .................................... 2/11 Bus connection terminals • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18 Bus termination modules • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/19 Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/45

Device connectors • for 3SK1 safety relays ............................ 11/20 • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/20

Device terminating connectors • for 3SK1 safety relays ............................ 11/20

Labeling strips • for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/18

Diagnostics modules • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/21

Link modules • for 3RA2 load feeders .................... 8/42, 8/43

Direct-on-line starters • 3RA21 load feeders .................... 8/19

Load feeders, 3RA2............................. 8/3 ... 8/46

Labeling plates • for CM 4xIO-Link communication module 2/12

... 8/28

Door adapters • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/21 • for SIMOCODE pro ................................ 10/18

M M8 plug for Ethernet connection .................. 2/11

C M8 power plug ............................................. 2/11 Clip-on labels • for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays ............. 5/10 • for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26 CM 4xIO-Link communication module .................... 2/10

... 2/12

... 12/7

Magnetically operated switches ...... 12/1

Enclosures • for pushbuttons and indicator lights ........ 13/3

Memory modules • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/21 • for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/17

CM 4xIO-Link master module for ET 200AL ................................................. 2/11

Engineering software • SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ........ 14/4 ... 14/8 • SIRIUS Safety ES ...................... 14/9 ... 14/12

Monitoring units • for magnetically operated switches ......... 12/7

Coding pins • for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21

Ethernet connection (FastConnect stripping tool) ........................ 2/12

Motor management and control devices • SIMOCODE pro ......................... 10/3 ... 10/19

Explosion protection (ATEX) • SIMOCODE pro ....................................... 10/2

Motor starters • for use in the control cabinet ......... 8/2

Commanding and signaling devices ............13/2 Communication overview • IO-Link ........................................................2/3 Components for IO-Link .................................2/8 Connecting combs • for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays ............. 5/10 • for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26

Connecting wedges • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/46

16/2

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

F FastConnect stripping tool (Ethernet connection) ................................... 2/11

... 8/46

Mounting rail • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/44

O Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in) .................................................... 5/9

Appendix Subject index P PC cables and adapters • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17 Position switches ............................. 12/1

... 12/7

Power cable, M8 ............................................ 2/11 Pushbuttons and indicator lights, SIRIUS ACT ...................................... 13/4

... 13/6

Push-in lugs • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/44 • for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21 • for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

R Relay couplers (not plug-in) ...........................5/7

Side modules for standard mounting rail adapters • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/44 Signal converters, SIRIUS 3RS70 .............................. 10/20 ... 10/27 • Single-range converters, passive .......... 10/25 • Switchable multi-range converters, active ..................................................... 10/25 • Switchable multi-range converters, active with manual/automatic switch ..... 10/25 • Switchable universal converters, active 10/25 SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ............. 14/4

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 • Accessories ............................ 10/17 ... 10/19 • Basic units .................................. 10/12, 10/13 • Expansion modules .................... 10/14, 10/15 • Fail-safe expansion modules ................. 10/16 • Operator panels ..................................... 10/13 SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights...... 13/4

... 8/38

S Safety main current connectors • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/43 Safety relays, SIRIUS 3SK .............. 11/3

... 11/22

Safety relays, 3SK • 3SK1 Advanced basic units ...................11/14 • 3SK1 Standard basic units .....................11/13 • 3SK2 basic units ....................................11/15 • Accessories ............................. 11/19 ... 11/21 • Input expansions ....................................11/18 • Output expansions .................................11/16 Safety switches ................................ 12/1 ... 12/7 • Magnetically operated switches ..............12/6 Screwdrivers • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/46 • for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays ............. 5/10 • for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26 Sealable covers • for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21

SIRIUS Safety ES .......................... 14/9

Terminal covers • for SIMOCODE pro ................................. 10/19 Terminals • for 3SK safety relays .............................. 11/20 Tools for spring-type terminals • for coupling relays .................................... 5/10 • for safety relays ...................................... 11/21 • for signal converters .............................. 10/26

... 14/8

Relay couplers with plug-in design ................5/8 Reversing starters • 3RA22 load feeders .................... 8/29

... 13/6

... 14/12

U Undervoltage releases • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/39 Unit labeling plates • for 3SK safety relays .............................. 11/21 • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/46 USB PC cables • for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 14/12 • for SIMOCODE ......................................... 14/8

Software • for 3SK2 .................................... 14/9 ... 14/12 • for IO-Link .................................................. 2/8 • for SIMOCODE pro ..................... 14/4 ... 14/8 • for SIRIUS ................................. 14/1 ... 14/12

USB/serial adapters • for 3SK2 safety relays ................ 11/20, 14/12 • for SIMOCODE ......................................... 14/8

Spacers • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/46

Specification • IO-Link ....................................................... 2/9

Wiring kits • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/43

Standard mounting rail adapters • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/44 Stripping tool • for bus cables .......................................... 2/11 Surge suppressors without LED for contactors • for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/41 Switching magnets .............................. 12/5, 12/6 System components • IO-Link ............................................ 2/3

... 2/8

Shunt releases • for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/39

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

16/3

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Appendix Article number index Article No.

Page

Article No.

Page

3RA2110-1EA

8/19, 8/22

3RA190

8/44

3RA2110-1ED

8/25, 8/27

3RA192

8/42

3RA2110-1EE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0BA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1EH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0BD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1FA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0BE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1FD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0BH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1FE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0CA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1FH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0CD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1GA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0CE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1GD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0CH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1GE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0DA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1GH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0DD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1HA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0DE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1HD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0DH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1HE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0EA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1HH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0ED

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1JA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0EE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1JD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0EH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1JE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0FA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1JH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0FD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1KA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0FE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1KD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0FH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1KE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0GA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1KH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0GD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-4AA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0GE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-4AD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0GH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-4AE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0HA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-4AH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0HD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1FA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0HE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1FD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0HH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1FE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0JA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1FH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0JD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1GA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0JE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1GD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0JH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1GE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0KA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1GH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0KD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1HA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0KE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1HD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0KH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1HE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1AA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1HH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1AD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1JA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1AE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1JD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1AH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1JE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1BA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1JH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1BD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1KA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1BE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1KD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1BH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1KE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1CA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1KH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1CD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4AA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1CE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4AD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1CH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4AE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1DA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4AH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1DD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4BA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1DE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4BD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1DH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4BE

8/21, 8/24

16/4

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Article No.

Page

Article No.

Page

3RA2120-4BH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2210-1AA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2120-4CA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2210-1AD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2120-4CD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2210-1AE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2120-4CE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2210-1AH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2120-4CH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2210-1BA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2120-4DA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2210-1BD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2120-4DD

8/25, 8/27

3RA2210-1BE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2120-4DE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2210-1BH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2120-4DH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2210-1CA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2120-4EA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2210-1CD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2120-4ED

8/25, 8/27

3RA2210-1CE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2120-4EE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2210-1CH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2120-4EH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2210-1DA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2120-4NA

8/19, 8/22

3RA2210-1DD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2120-4ND

8/25, 8/27

3RA2210-1DE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2120-4NE

8/21, 8/24

3RA2210-1DH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2120-4NH

8/26, 8/28

3RA2210-1EA

8/29, 8/32

3RA213

8/20, 8/23

3RA2210-1ED

8/34, 8/37

3RA215

8/19, 8/22

3RA2210-1EE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0BA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1EH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0BD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1FA

8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-0BE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1FD

8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-0BH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1FE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0CA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1FH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0CD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1GA

8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-0CE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1GD

8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-0CH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1GE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0DA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1GH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0DD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1HA

8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-0DE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1HD

8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-0DH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1HE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0EA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1HH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0ED

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1JA

8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-0EE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1JD

8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-0EH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1JE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0FA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1JH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0FD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1KA

8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-0FE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1KD

8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-0FH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1KE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0GA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1KH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0GD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-4AA

8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-0GE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-4AD

8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-0GH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-4AE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0HA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-4AH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0HD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1FB

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0HE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1FD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0HH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1FF

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0JA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1FH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0JD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1GB

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0JE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1GD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0JH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1GF

8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0KA

8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1GH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0KD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1HB

8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0KE

8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1HD

8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0KH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1HF

8/31, 8/33

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Article number index

16/5

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Appendix Article number index Article No.

Page

Article No.

Page

3RA2220-1HH

8/36, 8/38

3RT1

8/40, 10/19

3RA2220-1JB

8/29, 8/32

3RT2

8/41, 8/46, 11/21

3RA2220-1JD

8/34, 8/37

3RV290

8/39

3RA2220-1JF

8/31, 8/33

3RV292

8/44, 10/18

3RA2220-1JH

8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1KB

8/29, 8/32

3SE66

12/5, 12/6

3RA2220-1KD

8/34, 8/37

3SE67

12/5, 12/6

3RA2220-1KF

8/31, 8/33

3SE68

12/7

3RA2220-1KH

8/36, 8/38

3SK111

11/13, 12/7

3RA2220-4AB

8/29, 8/32

3SK112

11/14, 12/7

8/34, 8/37

3SK12

11/17, 11/18

8/31, 8/33

3SK2

11/15, 12/7

8/36, 8/38

3SX

12/6

3RA2220-4BB

8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4BD

8/34, 8/37

3TX

3RA2220-4BF

8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4BH

8/36, 8/38

3UF1

10/19

3RA2220-4CB

8/29, 8/32

3UF70

10/12

3RA2220-4CD

8/34, 8/37

3UF7100

10/13

3RA2220-4CF

8/31, 8/33

3UF7101

10/13

8/36, 8/38

3UF7102

10/13

8/29, 8/32

3UF7103-1A

10/13

8/34, 8/37

3UF7103-1B

10/13

8/31, 8/33

3UF7104

10/13

8/36, 8/38

3UF7110

10/13

8/29, 8/32

3UF7111

10/13

8/34, 8/37

3UF7112

10/13

8/31, 8/33

3UF7113-1A

10/13

8/36, 8/38

3UF7113-1B

10/13

8/29, 8/32

3UF7114

10/13

8/34, 8/37

3UF715

10/13

8/31, 8/33

3UF72

10/13

8/36, 8/38

3UF73

10/14, 10/16

3RA290

5/10, 8/46, 11/21

3UF74

10/14

3RA2911-1

8/46

3UF75

10/14

3RA2911-2

8/42, 8/43

3UF76

10/15

3RA2913-1

8/46

3UF77

10/14

3RA2913-2A

8/43

3UF79

10/17, 10/18, 11/20, 11/21, 14/8, 14/12

3RA2913-2B

8/43

3RA2916

8/43

3RA2220-4AD 3RA2220-4AF 3RA2220-4AH

3RA2220-4CH 3RA2220-4DB 3RA2220-4DD 3RA2220-4DF 3RA2220-4DH 3RA2220-4EB 3RA2220-4ED 3RA2220-4EF 3RA2220-4EH 3RA2220-4NB 3RA2220-4ND 3RA2220-4NF 3RA2220-4NH

3RA2921

8/42, 8/43

3RA2922

8/44

3RA2923

8/43 , 8/44, 8/46

3RA2926

8/43

3RA2931

8/42, 8/43

3RA2932

8/44

3RA2933

8/43, 8/44, 8/46

3RA2936

8/43

3RA6

10/17

3RH

8/40

3RK

2/2, 11/21

3RP

10/18

3RQ30

5/7, 5/9

3RQ31

5/8

3RS

10/25

16/6

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

5/10, 10/26

3ZS

14/7, 14/8, 14/12

3ZY

10/18, 11/20, 11/21

6E 6ES

2/11, 2/12

8U 8US121

8/45

8US125

8/45

8US126

8/45

8US1998-1A

8/46

8US1998-1B

8/45

8US1998-1C

8/45

8US1998-1D

8/45

8US1998-2

8/45

8US1998-7

8/44

Appendix Conditions of sale and delivery

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. 1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C: • the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, • for software products, the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and, • for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1). 1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C: • the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, • for software products, the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and • for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1).

■ 2. Prices The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of packaging. The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to the applicable statutory legal regulations. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget the prices valid at the time of delivery. To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of calculation. An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at: www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdf To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which the order was received or the release order was effected is used. To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the explanation of the metal factor).

■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches apply only to devices for export. Illustrations are not binding. Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice.

■ 4. Export regulations We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any embargoes and/or other sanctions. Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are required under German, European and US export lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US re-export authorization. The export indications can be viewed in advance in the description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices are authoritative. Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and intended use of goods. If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable national and international (re-)export control regulations. If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks, you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively works and services provided by us, as well as to any export control restrictions existing in this relation. The products listed in this catalog may be subject to European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the relevant authorities. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.

The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be downloaded at www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdf

■ 1. General Provisions

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

16/7

漏 Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Notes

16/8

Siemens IC 10 N 路 04/2015

Catalogs Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner Interactive Catalog on DVD Products for Automation and Drives Building Control GAMMA Building Control Drive Systems SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converters SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives Germany Edition SINAMICS G180 Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems, Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module SINAMICS DCM Cabinet SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, SIMOTICS TN • Series H-compact • Series H-compact PLUS Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, Series H-compact Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet Technology, HT-direct DC Motors SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems SIEMOSYN Motors MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO

Catalog CA 01

ET G1

D 11 D 12 D 15.1

D 18.1

D 21.3

D 23.1 D 23.2 D 31 D 35 D 84.1

D 86.1

DA 12 DA 21.1 DA 21.2 DA 22 DA 45 DA 48 DA 51.2 DA 51.3 DA 65.4

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors LOHER Low-Voltage Motors MOTOX Geared Motors SIMOGEAR Geared Motors SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter

D 81.1 D 81.8 D 83.1 D 87.1 MD 50.1 MD 50.11

Mechanical Driving Machines FLENDER Standard Couplings FLENDER High Performance Couplings FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear units FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units

MD 10.1 MD 10.2 MD 30.1 MD 31.1

Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.

Catalog

SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems Standards-Compliant Components for Photovoltaic Plants Electrical Components for the Railway Industry Digital: TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System Components for Industrial Control Panels according to UL Standards 3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets

LV 10

Motion Control SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B Equipment for Machine Tools SINUMERIK 808 Equipment for Machine Tools SINUMERIK 828 Equipment for Machine Tools SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS Equipment for Production Machines Drive and Control Components for Cranes

LV 11 LV 12 LV 14 LV 16 LV 35 LV 36 LV 50 LV 51 LV 52 LV 56 LV 70 ET D1

NC 62 NC 81.1 NC 82 PM 21 CR 1

D 86.2

Note: Additional catalogs on the SINAMICS drive system and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control

Process Instrumentation and Analytics Field Instruments for Process Automation Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software Products for Weighing Technology Digital: Process Analytical Instruments Digital: Process Analytics, Components for the System Integration

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology

FI 01 MP 31 WT 10 PA 01 PA 11

Power Supply SITOP Power supply

KT 10.1

Safety Integrated Safety Technology for Factory Automation

SI 10

SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation Human Machine Interface Systems/ PC-based Automation

ST 80/ ST PC

SIMATIC Ident Industrial Identification Systems

ID 10

SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems Products for Totally Integrated Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System System components SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Technology components Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST 70 ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7 T ST PCS 7 AO

SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication

IK PI

SIRIUS Industrial Controls SIRIUS Industrial Controls

IC 10

Information and Download Center Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at: www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages.

Security information Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates. For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Thirdparty products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity. To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter. For more information, visit http://support.automation.siemens.com.

Get more information Control Products: www.siemens.com/sirius

Siemens AG Digital Factory Control Products Postfach 23 55 90713 FÜRTH GERMANY

www.siemens.com/automation

Subject to change without prior notice PDF (E86060-K1010-A151-A5-7600) ST.PV.T.0040.S.00.57.40 KG 0415 154 En Produced in Germany © Siemens AG 2015

The information provided in this catalog contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.